Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Financial - Credit Services / PRA Group, Inc.

PRA Group, Inc.

praa · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker praa
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Financial - Credit Services
Employees 2991
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · PRA Group, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
P l A y I N g   O f f e N S e

2 0 0 9   A n n u a l   R e p o r t

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.

PORTFOLIO RECOVERY
ASSOCIATES,  INC.,  through  its  subsidiaries,  purchases  and 

Net Finance Receivables
($ in millions)

Return on Equity
(in percent)

Cash Receipts
($ in millions)

CORPORATe gOVeRNANCe

M A N A g e M e N T

B O A R D   O f   D I R e C T O R S

manages portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables and provides a broad range of 

700

20

accounts receivable man agement services to lenders, service providers, governments, 

600

and  others.  The  Company  combines  a  disciplined  approach  to  portfolio  acquisitions 

with  a  long-term  view  of  collections  and  a  commitment  to  continuous  innovation. 

We have created a rewarding organization for our employees, who produce exceptional 

400

results for our investors and clients alike.

10

300

PRA began operations in 1996 and has been a public company since November 2002. 

Since our initial public offering, our purchased portfolio has increased to $48.0 billion 

from  $5.1  billion  in  face  value,  and  our  earnings  have  increased  to  $2.87  per  diluted 

100

share from $0.94. At year-end 2009, we employed 2,213 people on a full-time basis in 
’09

’09

’09

’08

’07

’06

’08

’08

’07

’06

’07

’06

0

0

nine office locations from Virginia to California.

500

200

15

5

450

400

20

Steve Fredrickson
350
President and 
Chief executive Officer

Craig Grube
executive Vice President, 
Acquisitions

15

300

250

200

150

100

50

10

5

0

Kevin Stevenson
executive Vice President, 
Chief financial and 
Administrative Officer, 
Treasurer and Asst. 
Secretary

Cash Receipts
($ in millions)

Judith Scott
executive Vice President, 
general Counsel and 
Secretary

0

Return on Equity
(in percent)

700

600

500

400

300

200

James Voss
100
Director

Scott Tabakin
Director

William Brophey
Director

0

Net Finance Receivables
($ in millions)

Penelope Kyle
Director

Steve Fredrickson
Chairman of the Board

David Roberts
lead Director

Net Income
Cash Receipts
Cash Receipts
($ in millions)
($ in millions)
($ in millions)

Annual Revenue
Return on Equity
Return on Equity
($ in millions)
(in percent)
(in percent)

Stockholders’ Equity
Net Finance Receivables
Net Finance Receivables
($ in millions)
($ in millions)
($ in millions)

C O R P O R A T e   I N f O R M A T I O N

STOCK eXCHANge lISTINg
Portfolio Recovery Associates’ common stock trades on the NASDAQ 
global Stock Market under the symbol “PRAA.” Price information 
for the common stock appears daily in major newspapers.

fINANCIAl PUBlICATIONS/INVeSTOR INQUIRIeS
Shareholders may acquire copies of the 2009 form 10-K, Annual 
Report and other filed documents by visiting the Company’s 
website at www.portfoliorecovery.com or by writing to us at:

50
450
450

TRANSfeR AgeNT AND RegISTRAR
Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company
17 Battery Place, 8th floor 
New york, New york 10004 
Tel: 212-509-4000 
fax: 212-509-5150

40
350
350

400
400

300
300

30

AUDITORS
250
250
KPMg llP
Norfolk, Virginia

200
200

20

legAl COUNSel
150
150
Dechert, llP 
New york, New york

100
100
10

300
20
20

250

15
15

200

150
10
10

100

5
5

50

0
0
0

Portfolio Recovery Associates 
Attn: Investor Relations 
120 Corporate Blvd., Suite 100 
Norfolk, Virginia 23502

350
700
700

300
600
600

250
500
500

PRICe RANge Of COMMON STOCK
The Company’s common stock began trading on the NASDAQ 
global Stock Market under the symbol “PRAA” on November 8, 
2002. The following table sets forth the high and low sales price 
for the common stock for the year 2009.

200
400
400

2009 

150
300
300

100
200
200

High 

low

$50.50 

$19.41

As of January 27, 2010, there were 29 holders of record of the 
common stock. Based on information provided by our transfer 
agent and registrar, we believe that there are approximately 20,369 
beneficial owners of the Common Stock.
0
0
0

50
100
100

Cash Receipts
Cash Receipts
Net Income
($ in millions)
($ in millions)
($ in millions)

Return on Equity
Return on Equity
Annual Revenue
(in percent)
(in percent)
($ in millions)

Net Finance Receivables
Net Finance Receivables
Shareholder’s Equity
($ in millions)
($ in millions)
($ in millions)

’06
’06
’06

’07
’07
’07

’08
’08
’08

’09
’09
’09

50
50

0
0
0

’06
’06
’06

’07
’07
’07

’08
’08
’08

’09
’09
’09

’06
’06
’06

’07
’07
’07

’08
’08
’08

’09
’09
’09

300
20
20

250

15
15

200

150
10
10

100

5
5

50

0
0
0

300

300

250

250

200

200

150

150

100

100

50

50

0

0

350
700
700

300
600
600

250
500
500

200
400
400

150
300
300

100
200
200

50
100
100

0
0
0

350

350

300

300

250

250

200

200

150

150

100

100

50

50

0

0

Net Income

Net Income

($ in millions)

($ in millions)

Annual Revenue

Annual Revenue

($ in millions)

($ in millions)

Stockholders’ Equity

Stockholders’ Equity

($ in millions)

($ in millions)

’06

’06

’07

’07

’08

’08

’09

’09

’06

’06

’07

’07

’08

’08

’09

’09

’06

’06

’07

’07

’08

’08

’09

’09

Net Income

Net Income

($ in millions)

($ in millions)

Annual Revenue

Annual Revenue

($ in millions)

($ in millions)

Shareholder’s Equity

Shareholder’s Equity

($ in millions)

($ in millions)

Annual Report Design by Curran & Connors, Inc. / www.curran-connors.com

50

50

40

40

30

30

20

20

10

10

0

0

300

300

250

250

200

200

150

150

100

100

50

50

0

0

350

350

300

300

250

250

200

200

150

150

100

100

50

50

0

0

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

50
450
450

400
400

40
350
350

300
300
30
250
250

200
200
20
150
150

100
100
10

50
50

0
0
0

50

50

40

40

30

30

20

20

10

10

0

0

 
Cash Receipts

($ in millions)

’06

’07

’08

’09

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Cash Receipts
Return on Equity
(in percent)
($ in millions)

Revenues

F I N A N c I A l   H I g H l I g H T S

Net Finance Receivables
Return on Equity
($ in millions)
(in percent)

2009

$281,091

2008

2007

Net Finance Receivables
($ in millions)
$263,275

$220,748

Operating income
450
20

Net income
400

Diluted earnings per share
350
15
Weighted-average shares (diluted)
300
Operating margin
250
Net margin
10
200
Return on average equity
150
Working capital
5
100
Finance receivables, net

50
Total assets

0
0

Total debt
’06
’06

’07
’07

’08
’08

’09
’09

700
20

600

15
500

400

10

300

200
5

100

0
0

$ 80,609

700

$ 84,837

$ 81,184

$ 44,306

$ 45,362

$ 48,241

600

$

2.87

$

2.97

$

3.06

15,454

500

15,292

15,779

28.7%

400

15.8%

300

14.3%

32.2%

17.2%

17.3%

36.8%

21.9%

19.8%

$ 18,806

200

$ 11,549

$ 10,827

$693,462

100

$563,830

$410,297

$794,433

$657,840

$476,307

’06
’06

’07
’07

’08
’08

’09
’09

$320,799

0

$268,305
’06

’07

$168,103
’08

’09

Stockholders’ equity

$335,480

$283,863

$235,280

Net Income

($ in millions)

Net Income
Annual Revenue
($ in millions)
($ in millions)

Annual Revenue
Stockholders’ Equity
Cash Receipts
($ in millions)
($ in millions)
($ in millions)

Stockholders’ Equity
Return on Equity
($ in millions)
(in percent)

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

50

40

30

20

10

0

350
20

300

15
250

200

10

150

100
5

50

0
0

’06
’06

’07
’07

’08
’08

’09
’09

’06
’06
’06

’07
’07
’07

’08
’08
’08

’09
’09
’09

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

50

40

30

20

10

0

Cash Receipts
($ in millions)

Return on Equity

Cash Receipts

(in percent)

($ in millions)

Net Finance Receivables

Return on Equity

($ in millions)

(in percent)

Net Finance Receivables

($ in millions)

Net Finance Receivables
($ in millions)

300

50

350

300

450

’06

’07

’08

0

0

’09

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

20

450

700

20

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

40

30

20

10

15

10

5

0

250

200

150

100

50

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

15

10

5

0

400

350

250

200

100

50

0

200

300

100

150

250

150

50

0

50

40

30

20

10

0

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

20

15

10

5

0

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

Annual Revenue

Net Income

($ in millions)

($ in millions)

Shareholder’s Equity

Annual Revenue

Cash Receipts

($ in millions)

($ in millions)

($ in millions)

Shareholder’s Equity

Return on Equity

($ in millions)

(in percent)

Net Finance Receivables

($ in millions)

Net Income

($ in millions)

Annual Revenue

($ in millions)

Stockholders’ Equity

($ in millions)

Net Income
($ in millions)

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. II page 1

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

’06

’07

’08

’09

’06

’07

’08

’09

’06

’07

’08

’09

Net Income

($ in millions)

Annual Revenue

($ in millions)

Shareholder’s Equity

($ in millions)

300
50

250
40

200
30

150

20
100

10
50

0
0

’06
’06

’07
’07

’08
’08

’09
’09

’06

’07

’08

’09

300
350
450

400
300
250
350
250
200
300

200
250
150
200
150

100
150
100
100
50
50
50

0
0
0

50

40

30

20

10

0

D E A R   F E l l O W   S H A R E H O l D E R S :

Playing Offense. I think this phrase perfectly describes our strategy during 2009. Throughout 
the  year  our  company  faced  the  highest  levels  of  macroeconomic  softness  in  a  generation, 
including record unemployment and consumer debt charge-off rates. On the heels of the 
economic meltdown that began in late 2008, we were afforded every excuse to hunker down, 
play  it  safe,  and  retrench  like  other  corporations.  Instead,  we  seized  the  market  opportunity 
that exists in this business during economic down cycles, knowing such attractive supply and 
demand conditions may not reappear for some time. While others avoided investment in early 
2009, PRA invested heavily, but prudently. Where others cut staff, PRA carefully built it, including 
both executive and entry-level employees. Where others reduced or delayed capital expendi-
tures,  we  continued  our  spending  for  systems,  software,  and  facilities  so  as  to  dramatically 
increase our ability to gain technological and analytical advantage over our competitors.

Playing  offense  does  not  mean  acting  recklessly,  especially  when  one  has  carefully  laid  a  foundation  for  such 
action  in  advance.  PRA’s  access  to  attractively  priced  and  abundant  capital  during  the  year,  the  result  of  timely 
increases to our bank line, permitted us to invest when others couldn’t. Our robust bankruptcy and charge-off pricing 
models  allowed  us  to  confidently  bid  while  others  nervously  sat  on  the  sidelines.  And  our  prior  investment  in  
predictive  dialer  capacity,  call  centers,  systems,  and  people  allowed  us  to  handle  record  amounts  of  accounts, 
while others struggled to scale their operational capacity.

In 2009 we continued our unbroken record of quarterly profitability. Net income for the year, at $44 million, was 
2.3% lower than in 2008, yielding earnings per share of $2.87 for our shareholders. Revenue increased 6.8% during 
the year, driven by a substantial 12.6% increase to cash collections. The portion of collections recognized as revenue 
was negatively impacted by substantial allowance charges as a result of certain under-performing portfolios. Many 
of these pools had been acquired in the heady pricing environment of 2007, under forward flow transactions that 
carried  further  purchase  obligations  throughout  much  of  2008.  Even  with  $28  million  in  2009  net  allowance 
charges, we were able to maintain acceptable levels of profitability, a significant accomplishment given the difficult 
economic climate.

The opportunities in 2009 to invest profitably in pools of consumer bankruptcy assets were greater than we had 
ever seen before. Responding to a combination of rapidly increasing bankruptcy filings and decreased competition 
during the first half of 2009, we spent a record $163 million last year to purchase bankrupt accounts. By comparison, 
we spent $126 million to purchase charged-off consumer accounts, which constitute our core business. This was 
the first time we had ever invested more in bankrupt accounts than in core accounts. Our bankruptcy business has 
been built carefully over the past six years. We have worked intensely and invested heavily to develop staff and 
systems  capabilities  that  we  believe  are  best-in-class.  These  capabilities,  combined  with  our  unique  ability  to 
smoothly transition bankrupt accounts which become dismissed to our collection call centers, permit us to realize 
value from accounts that other competitors cannot. With our determined purchase strategy, we are striving to be 
viewed by the largest consumer lenders as the most consistent, reliable bankrupt-asset purchaser in the nation.

The amount we invested in core accounts last year was 24% less than the amount invested during 2008. In 2009 
we found more compelling investment opportunities in our bankruptcy business than in our core business, and our 
investment capital followed suit. We calibrated our core pricing models to account for the dramatic and prolonged 
financial hit that our customers had absorbed, and adjusted our returns to incorporate the realities of the current 
risk environment. Even after including these price-depressive changes, we remained competitive enough to deploy 
$126 million in our core market. We believe the accounts we purchased in 2009 hold higher levels of Total Estimated 
collections (relative to purchase price) than the accounts we purchased in 2008 and 2007—2.52 times for 2009 
versus 2.15 in 2008 and 2.22 in 2007. This substantial improvement in operational effectiveness despite a difficult 
economy says much about our ability to compete effectively now and in the future. I have never felt better about 
our operational capabilities.

page 2 II 2009 annual report

Steve Fredrickson
chairman, President & chief Executive Officer

Our fee businesses were not immune to the effects of the great Recession; however, together they contributed a 
record 23% of PRA’s revenue in 2009. At IgS, our automobile collateral location business, we were able to add 
clients and grow revenue. Our operating income slid from the prior year, a victim of lower placement quality that 
required more work effort on average to yield a successful location. Our government Services business had a nice 
year  in  terms  of  both  revenue  and  operating  income  growth,  but  experienced  a  poor  fourth  quarter  as  the  
economic slowdown began to negatively affect the tax receipts we audit. This is a headwind we will be fighting  
for some time, but we are working hard to push against it by adding clients and managing costs.

As one of the largest acquirers of distressed consumer debt in the nation, we are on the front lines of the current 
economic downturn. We talk to and work with financially troubled consumers all day, every day. We know people 
are hurting, many times having lost their jobs and their access to credit, having seen the value of their homes fall, 
and having watched their retirement savings get decimated as markets imploded. Our mission is to collaborate with 
these customers, determine what went wrong and why, and then—combining that information with the realities of 
their  current  economic  situation—establish  reasonable  terms  under  which  they  can  repay  all  or  a  portion  of  the 
outstanding debt on the accounts we own.

Our customers no more choose to end up as our customers than they do to be in financial distress. So instead  
of  collaborating  with  us  to  devise  a  win-win  solution,  they  often  purposely  avoid  responding  to  our  letters  and 
answering  our  phone  calls.  Working  carefully  within  the  confines  of  the  many  local,  state,  and  federal  collection 
laws, we continue to reach out to these customers in the hope that we can resolve the matter in a voluntary and 
mutually attractive way. When we ultimately cannot talk with a customer, many times our hand is forced and we 
must use the court system to pursue legal judgment on an account. compared with a voluntary arrangement, the 
legal process is a lose-lose alternative. It creates higher costs for us, and leads to fewer repayment options and 
increased balances for the customer.

Unfortunately, too often last year we saw elected officials trying to advance legislation that was supposed to help 
consumers but was more likely to hurt them. For example, when a state considers shortening its statute of limitations 
on collection litigation, it inadvertently forces companies like PRA to quickly move toward an enforcing lawsuit. While 
we have long sought to avoid litigation by working collaboratively with the consumer, a shortened statutory period 
leaves us precious little time to do so. As a result, such laws bring consumers additional suits and judgments instead 
of relief. In addition, enacting laws designed to make debts less enforceable just raises the cost of credit for all con-
sumers, since collection proceeds are no longer available to offset losses. We feel that elected officials often do 
not sufficiently consider the potential for unintended consequences from legislation intended to be pro-consumer.

We seem to be past the worst of the economic downturn, but by no means are we out of the woods. For guid-
ance, we will again look to our long-standing principles. Moreover, the management team leading the company is 
smart, seasoned and well prepared. I look forward with confidence as we watch the opportunities seized in 2009 
play out, and capitalize on the new opportunities to come. Thank you for your continued trust.

Steve Fredrickson
chairman, President & chief Executive Officer

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. II page 3

Portfolio Investments

In  2009  we  encountered  an  outstanding  environment  for  purchasing  distressed  consumer 
assets. During the first half of the year the supply of distressed assets increased and demand 
simultaneously  decreased,  as  many  competitors  pulled  back  from  the  market  because  of 
languishing  financial  performance  or  liquidity  problems.  PRA  responded  by  investing  an 
unprecedented  amount  of  capital  in  a  combination  of  core  and  bankruptcy  portfolios.  We 
were in position to take advantage of the favorable market conditions because of our ability to 
deploy ready capital and enhanced operational resources. We believe the purchases we made 
in 2009 will prove to be among the better ones in our company’s history.

Our portfolio investments in 2009 were once again guided by market opportunity. Rates of return available in the bankruptcy 
market increased during the early to middle portion of the year, so we shifted our investment capital towards our bankruptcy 
portfolio and away from our core portfolio. Bankruptcy purchases focused on chapter 13 plan accounts, which customers are 
expected  to  repay  through  their  court-appointed  trustees.  As  displayed  in  the  graph  below,  in  our  core  market  we  saw  the 
greatest potential in the fresh and primary recall segments, as portfolios of older vintages had generally been sold off in prior 
years. In both the bankruptcy and core markets, the majority of our purchases were in the credit card segment, the paper type 
with which we have the most operating experience and the highest degree of modeling confidence.

Investment Percentage by Paper Type

100

80

60

40

20

0

’96

’97

’98

’99

’00

’01

’02

’03

’04

’05

’06

’07

’08

’09

Warehouse
Quad/Quint

Tertiary
Mixed

Secondary
Primary

Fresh
Paying

Legal/Judgment
BK Trustees

PRA’s diversified operations allow the company to nimbly shift investment resources to the type and age of portfolios that provide 
the  greatest  return  on  investment  capital.  Rigorous  underwriting  analysis,  combined  with  deep  sampling  from  the  more  than 
1,500 portfolios we have purchased over 14 years, enables us to model more confidently than our competitors. And it was our 
advantage in modeling that gave us the bidding confidence to invest $289 million in 2009, a company record. This investment 
resulted in a substantial 26% year-over-year increase in our Total Estimated collections, the lifeblood of our future revenue stream.

A huge benefit of our buy and hold strategy is the annuity stream of cash it yields. Instead of selling any of this cash flow stream 
to  another  buyer  in  the  retrade  market,  we  generate  a  cash  flow  annuity  benefit,  much  of  which  comes  from  portfolios 
purchased over five years ago, as illustrated on the following page. In fact, due to improvements in our core portfolio collection 
strategy, our 2009 call center collections on accounts owned for more than five years grew by 50% from 2008. This stream 
provides  us  with  substantial  free  cash  flow  which  we  can  reinvest  into  further  portfolio  investments  to  build  future  value.  We 
believe this is a very positive competitive differentiator for PRA.

page 4 II 2009 annual report

100

80

60

40

20

0

a96

a97

a98

a99

a00

a01

a02

a03

a04

a05

a06

a07

a08

a09

Portfolio Purchases by Year ($ in millions)

$300

250

200

150

100

50

0

’96

’97

’98

’99

’00

’01

’02

’03

’04

’05

’06

’07

’08

’09

a96

a97

a98

a99

a00

a01

a02

a03

a04

a05

a06

a07

a08

a09

Owned Portfolio Cash Collections Per Purchase Period ($ in millions)

$400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

’96

’97

’98

’99

’00

’01

’02

’03

’04

’05

’06

’07

’08

’09

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

400000

350000

300000

250000

200000

150000

100000

50000

0

a96

a97

a98

a99

a00

a01

a02

a03

a04

a05

a06

a07

a08

a09

a09

a08

a07

a06

a05

a04

a03

a02

a01

a00

a99

a98

a97

a96

core Asset Purchasing

Our core asset portfolios consist of non-bankrupt, distressed consumer receivables charged 
off by credit grantors, on which we actively collect. Favorable market conditions allowed us to 
selectively purchase core assets which had the highest return potential and in which we had 
the highest forecasting confidence. We invested less money in core portfolios last year than in 
2008 because opportunities in the bankruptcy market were more attractive. At the same time, 
early results indicate that the core accounts we did purchase were of higher quality than those 
purchased  in  recent  preceding  years.  We  also  made  vast  improvements  in  our  collection 
operations that set up our core portfolio purchases for even greater success. Additionally, we 
were able to penetrate new core asset supply relationships and convert many into longer term 
purchase commitments.

credit grantor charge-off rates rose more quickly in 2009 than at any other time in the company’s 14-year history. As credit 
grantors struggled to manage exploding charge-off rates by selling, we selectively acquired the highest-yielding portfolios we 
could find. given the increased supply of core asset deals and the funding constraints that impacted many of our competitors, 
pricing for distressed assets continued the easing that began in the second half of 2008. Meanwhile, we evolved our pricing 
models to better reflect collection curves experienced during past times of greater economic stress on our customers. With the 
more attractive pricing and the conservative fine-tuning of our models, we feel that our 2009 core purchases will prove to be 
some of the most productive acquisitions we have made in recent years.

Working with customers to find solutions has long been a key to our company’s success, and in 2009 that commitment was 
stronger than ever. We clearly understood the impact of the economy on our customers. In our letters we stressed the impor-
tance of maintaining a good credit record, and our customers clearly echoed this sentiment during our phone conversations 
with them. Our dedicated and well-trained staff worked out a record number of payment plans that fit our customers’ budgets. 
These efforts helped us to collect 35% more payments than we did in 2008. The payment plans help us to build a strong foun-
dation for the future.

While the number of payments increased, the average payment size decreased, reflecting the generally difficult macroeconomic 
environment. We sought to offset that decrease in several operational ways. First, we asked more of our team. We asked them 
to share best practices between call centers, be more focused, and deliver even better customer service. We ended the year 
with each of our call centers demonstrating an improvement over 2008—when economic circumstances were generally more 
favorable—in  productivity  per  paid  hour.  Second,  we  asked  more  of  our  systems.  We  expanded  our  automated  dialing, 
increased our targeted mailing campaigns, and further refined our industry-leading account scoring and segmentation systems. 
And  finally,  we  asked  more  of  our  processes.  We  put  greater  emphasis  on  our  integrated  business  model,  in  particular  by 

$150

120

90

60

30

Hourly Productivity vs. Hours Paid (collections per hour paid in dollars)

$145.44

3,000,000

r
H
/
d
e
r
e
v
o
c
e
R
$

$119.16

H
o
u
r
s
P
a
d

i

’98

’99

’00

’01

’02

’03

’04

’05

’06

’07

’08

’09

Hours Paid

$ Recovered/Hr Paid

$ Recovered/Hr Paid WO Legal

2,500,000

2,000,000

1,500,000

1,000,000

500,000

0

page 6 II 2009 annual report

150

120

90

60

30

3000

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

0

a98

a99

a00

a01

a02

a03

a04

a05

a06

a07

a08

a09

a98

a99

a00

a01

a02

a03

a04

a05

a06

a07

a08

a09

 
 
redoubling  efforts  to  build  out  our  internal  legal  collections  capability.  This  capability,  like  our  internal  call  center  capability, 
enables us to retain profit that otherwise would be captured by an outsourced operation. It also enables us to maintain tighter 
control over the quality of work.

The effect of all these efforts was to move us closer to achieving our goal of matching the right collection treatment to the right 
customer at the right time at the lowest possible cost.

As a result of the broader purchasing opportunities in 2009, we were able to create new relationships with large credit grantors 
from whom we had previously purchased little or nothing. As initial purchases from these grantors panned out, we were able to 
convert  buying  activity  for  some  of  these  new  relationships  into  forward  flow  contracts,  through  which  we  purchase  similar 
paper on a regular basis. Such contracts typically provide PRA with a more dependable, more consistent stream of raw material 
than purchases made on a spot basis. To counter future exposure to the type of difficult pricing experienced in the 2007 to 
early 2008 market, we have worked to keep our flow contracts shorter and to include contractual termination rights that would 
relieve us of our ongoing purchase obligations in the event that collection rates deteriorate.

Cash Collections by Year, by Year of Purchase—Entire Portfolio Less Purchased Bankruptcy Portfolio ($ in thousands)

Purchase
Period

Purchase
Price

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

Total

Cash Collection Period

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

$  3,080 $ 548 $ 2,484 $  1,890 $  1,348 $  1,025 $ 

730 $ 

496 $ 

398 $ 

285 $ 

210 $ 

237 $ 

102 $ 

83 $ 

78 $ 

9,914

7,685 — 2,507

5,215

11,089 —

— 3,776

4,069

6,807

3,347

6,398

2,630

5,152

— 5,138

13,069

12,090

— 6,894

19,498

19,478

— 13,048

28,831

— 15,073

18,898 —

25,020 —

33,481 —

42,325 —

61,449 —

51,710 —

113,871 —

90,100 —

179,424 —

166,599 —

126,827 —

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1,829

3,948

9,598

—

—

—

—

—

—

1,324

2,797

7,336

16,628

28,003

36,258

—

—

—

—

—

1,022

2,200

5,615

14,098

26,717

35,742

49,706

—

—

—

—

860

1,811

4,352

10,924

22,639

32,497

52,640

41,921

—

—

—

— 24,308

— 17,276

597

1,415

3,032

8,067

16,048

24,729

43,728

36,468

59,645

437

882

2,243

5,202

10,011

16,527

30,695

27,973

57,928

43,737

346

616

1,533

3,604

6,164

9,772

18,818

17,884

42,731

34,038

87,039

215 $ 

24,398

397 $ 

36,199

1,328 $ 

65,334

3,198 $  107,591

5,299 $  156,760

7,444 $  178,042

13,135 $  233,030

13,181 $  154,703

30,048 $  205,543

25,351 $  120,489

69,175 $  195,627

— 39,413

—

—

— 47,253

72,080 $  119,333

—

— 40,703 $ 

40,703

— 15,191

— 17,363

Total

$931,558 $ 548 $ 4,991 $ 10,881 $ 17,362 $ 30,733 $ 53,148 $ 79,253 $ 117,052 $ 152,661 $ 183,045 $ 211,329 $ 235,150 $ 269,881 $ 281,632 $ 1,647,666

The purchase price shown above, or net investment, refers to the cash paid to a seller to acquire defaulted consumer receivables, plus certain capital-
ized costs, less the purchase price refunded by the seller due to the return of non-compliant accounts (also defined as buybacks).

Bankruptcy Asset Purchasing

The  acquisition  of  bankrupt  accounts  is  a  growing  part  of  PRA’s  debt-purchase  business. 
These accounts are generally included in active Chapter 13 bankruptcy cases, which by law 
bar creditors like us from any proactive collection efforts or direct interaction with the debtor. 
Instead, we interact with the various bankruptcy courts. We begin the process by filing a proof 
of  claim  (“POC”)  that  substantiates  the  balance  owed  on  the  account  at  the  time  of  filing. 
Under  the  bankruptcy  plan,  customers  make  regular  payments  to  a  trustee,  who  in  turn 
distributes them to PRA as a creditor of the customer. We receive, audit, and process these 
payments internally using a highly automated, proprietary system that allows us to effectively 
manage these accounts throughout the entire bankruptcy life cycle.

PRA  purchased  its  first  pools  of  bankrupt  accounts  in  January  2004  and  has  since  invested  in  excess  of  $400  million.  We 
purchase accounts throughout the bankruptcy life cycle, from fresh accounts for which PRA generally files the POc, to accounts 
that are many months or even years past the selling creditor’s filing of a POc. The majority of the bankrupt accounts we acquire 
represent unsecured claims in a bankruptcy case, primarily from credit card companies. We also provide third-party servicing 
for clients where PRA files their POcs, monitors accounts for any change in bankruptcy status, notifies the clients of any such 
changes, and manages the accounts on the clients’ behalf.

Our net investment in bankrupt accounts has grown significantly over the last three years, and with it our share of the market. 
The  chart  on  the  opposite  page  shows  that  net  investment  surged  347%  from  $18  million  in  2006  to  $79  million  in  2007, 
increased 38% to $109 million in 2008, and rose another 46% to $159 million in 2009. Bankrupt accounts represented 56% of 
PRA’s total net investment during fiscal 2009.

Over the past several years, we have shifted from investing primarily in aged bankrupt accounts to buying fresher, newly filed 
accounts for which we are generally submitting the POc. On average, unsecured creditors like PRA begin receiving meaningful 
payouts  from  confirmed  plans  12  to  18  months  after  the  bankruptcy  filing  date.  Holding  rates  of  return  constant,  the  shift  to 
buying fresher bankruptcy filings in 2009 will delay cash flows recovered from these investments relative to those from the more 
mature accounts purchased in prior years. The trade-off is that our investment in these fresher accounts will generate cash flow 
over a longer time period and will yield higher collections-to-purchase-price multiples.

cash collections from our purchased bankrupt accounts grew 52% in 2009, to a record $86 million. With the investments we have 
made, our tested underwriting expertise, and our greater operational efficiency and scale, we believe that our bankruptcy busi-
ness is well positioned to produce significant growth in its cash collections and income contribution over the next several years.

page 8 II 2009 annual report

Cash Collections by Year, by Year of Purchase—Purchased Bankruptcy Portfolio Only ($ in thousands)

Purchase
Period

Purchase
Price

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

Total

Cash Collection Period

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

Total

$  — $  — $  — $  — $  — $  — $  — $  — $  — $  — $  — $  — $  — $  —   — $  —

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

7,469

29,302

17,643

78,933

108,614

159,007

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

743

4,554

3,956

2,777

— 3,777

15,500

11,934

— 5,608

9,455

—   — $  —

—   — $  —

—   — $  —

—   — $  —

—   — $  —

—   — $  —

—   — $  —

1,455

6,845

6,522

496 $  13,981

3,318 $  41,374

4,398 $  25,983

—

—

—

— 2,850

27,972

25,630 $  56,452

—

—

— 14,024

35,894 $  49,918

—

— 16,635 $  16,635

—

—

—

—

$400,968 $  — $  — $  — $  — $  — $  — $  — $  — $  743 $  8,331 $25,064 $27,016 $56,818 $86,371

$204,343

The purchase price shown above, or net investment, refers to the cash paid to a seller to acquire defaulted consumer receivables, plus certain 
capitalized costs, less the purchase price refunded by the seller due to the return of non-compliant accounts (also defined as buybacks).

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. II page 9

IgS Nevada

IGS provides its clients with indirect and direct vehicle location services, and supervises the 
security and transportation of vehicles used as collateral for loans. This business specializes in 
finding  people  that  have  stopped  paying  on  their  auto  loan  and  in  securing  the  vehicle  on 
behalf of the lender. IGS’s efforts result in either a renewed paying customer or the recovery of 
the vehicle. The business is able to recover vehicles efficiently by using the latest techniques 
and technologies and by coordinating the efforts of a nationwide network of recovery agents. 
IGS is the market leader in the quick and efficient resolution of the hardest-to-resolve cases 
assigned to asset locators by auto lenders and insurance companies.

Auto finance companies, insurance companies, and other 
creditors need to secure their collateral when their customers 
stop making required payments. Often, these automobiles 
are  extremely  difficult  to  find  and  secure.  IgS  provides 
clients  with  fast,  efficient,  and  cost-effective  solutions 
to  minimize  losses  on  their  receivables  and  vehicles. 
leveraging  PRA  techniques  and  support  resources, 
our  program  combines  highly  automated  call  center 
technology  with  internally  developed  systems  and 
processes  to  locate  this  collateral  as  quickly  as  possible, 
oftentimes after our competitors have failed to do so.

IgS recently relocated to a new 30,000-square-foot facility 
in las Vegas, Nevada. The new space enables the company 
to  expand  its  vehicle  location  services  and  establish 
a  centralized  location  for  managing  its  clients’  recovery 
efforts.  The  firm  is  also  expanding  its  product  line  to 
address  client  needs  during  the  entire  life  cycle  of  a 
delinquent vehicle loan account. IgS can tailor solutions to 
individual  clients  by  customizing  processes,  technology, 
and information to meet the clients’ particular needs.

By increasing recovery rates on portfolios of vehicle loans, 
IgS  enables  auto  lenders  to  lower  their  loss  rates  and 
ultimately reduce the prices they charge consumers.

government Services

Our Government Services subsidiary (PRA-GS) combines the nation’s two leading government-
revenue-enhancement  firms,  MuniServices,  LLC  and  Revenue  Discovery  Systems.  The 
subsidiary  provides  an  array  of  revenue-enhancement  services  and  solutions  to  over  700 
cities, counties, and states. Such services and solutions include tax compliance and auditing; 
identification  and  correction  of  tax  misallocations;  discovery  and  collection  of  taxes  due; 
economic  development  consulting;  and  information  services.  Given  the  current  economic 
climate, governments of all sizes need to collect more revenue more efficiently. We also help 
governments  avoid  the  inherent  legacy  costs  that  arise  from  adding  government  staff  to 
accomplish revenue-related tasks.

to  make  a  government  work  better,  PRA-gS  has  the 
expertise and resources to help governments better adapt 
to the economic environment.

Partnerships with government clients help alleviate the fiscal 
pressures  challenging  government  personnel  and  policy 
decision  makers.  Raising  taxes  to  meet  service  require-
ments  and  public  safety  needs  reduces  a  municipality’s 
competitiveness in attracting and retaining businesses and 
residents.  Often,  governments  can  reduce  funding  gaps 
by  becoming  more  efficient,  enforcing  compliance  with 
existing  tax  laws,  or  attracting  more  revenue  sources. 
PRA-gS partnerships strengthen governments by accom-
plishing each of these objectives.

PRA-gS performs compliance audit and tax misallocation 
services on behalf of government clients for every source 
of  municipal  receipts.  Using  proprietary  technologies,  tax 
specialists are able to accurately review and verify data for 
corporations and taxpayers doing business with the client 
municipality.  The  specialists’  results  enable  the  agency 
responsible  for  collecting  and  distributing  taxes  to 
maximize  lawfully  owed  revenues  for  the  municipality. 
PRA–gS’s tax specialists are held to the same standards 
of  confidentiality  as  government  employees  in  reviewing 
taxpayer data.

government  clients  also  call  on  PRA-gS  to  administer  a 
one-time  discovery  program  to  identify  “underground 
economy”  revenue  and  make  sure  the  client  receives  its 
due share of tax receipts. In addition, we assist in the col-
lection of delinquent taxes and fees; PRA-gS’s proven and 
innovative collection methods capitalize on the tax expertise 
of  collectors  to  decrease  debt  pools  while  upholding  the 
“taxpayer  courtesy  standards”  maintained  by  municipal 
government.

PRA-gS’s  tax  administration  program  is  a  cost-effective 
outsourcing  and  consulting  service  tailored  to  meet  the 
diverse  and  unique  needs  of  a  wide  array  of  government 
departments. Tax administration programs provide efficient 
processing,  timely  reporting,  and  maximal  recovery  of 
revenue needed to support government services. The firm 
also provides economic development and fiscal consulting 
services,  as  well  as  information  services,  to  governments 
throughout the United States.

In  addition,  PRA-gS  designs  and  conducts  specific 
programs  and  initiatives  outside  the  scope  of  day-to-day 
operations. Whether analyzing millions of taxpayer records, 
auditing  out-of-jurisdiction  corporations  for  funds  due  a 
municipality, or applying new techniques and technologies 

Operating principleS 
for the ManageMent of   
PortfolIo recovery assocIates

American  business  faced  extremely  difficult  economic  conditions  in  2009.  Despite  this  

environment, we produced yet another year of strong earnings, guided by our well-established 

Operating  Principles.  These  are  the  same  ideals  that  have  guided  our  actions  through  

enormous  growth,  game-changing  company  diversification,  and  both  good  and  bad  

economic conditions. They have been published in each annual report since 2002, and are 

reprinted below for your reference.

1 :: Disclose. Be honest and open with shareholders. let them know what is going on.

2 :: Investcarefully. Build a diverse portfolio. Never bet the ranch. Make sure each investment, 
be it a portfolio or a business, has been reviewed, judged objectively, and priced to 
achieve appropriate profit hurdles.

3 :: Keepthebusinesssimple. Operate fewer, larger call centers.

4 ::  Keepcostslowandproductivityhigh. Develop and retain great employees. Keep support 

staff as small as possible, while providing excellent service to the collection operation.

5 ::  Maintainaconservativecapitalstructure. Allow room for error. Keep debt levels low. 
When borrowing is required because of opportunity, use low-cost, non-participating debt.

6 ::  Buildanintegratedbusiness. Portfolio buying and collections must be under the 

same roof.

7 ::  Employsteady,controlledgrowth. We operate process and people intensive businesses. 

Experienced employees are sig nificantly more productive than newer employees. growing too 
quickly puts too many less productive, lower margin people into the workforce mix, driving 
down productivity, margin and net income.

8 ::  Managementshouldbeowners,nothiredguns. We act like owners because we are. 
Our senior managers have a significant portion of their net worth invested in the company. 
We expect our senior managers to retain substantial stock ownership positions—common 
stock, not just options—throughout their terms of employment.

9 ::  Developandsupportemployees. Provide and support ongoing employee skill development 

to help create ever-increasing levels of individual potential with high levels of  
performance for continuing personal and company growth.

page 12 II 2009 annual report

2 0 0 9   F i n a n c i a l   i n F o r m a t i o n

Safe Harbor act

Certain statements in this annual report which are not historical, including statements of the Company’s Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer,  
in  his  letter  which  begins,  “Dear  Fellow  Shareholders,”  including,  without  limitation,  regarding  earnings,  financial  results,  the  outlook  for  the  economy,  
management’s  intentions,  beliefs  and  expectations,  growth  opportunities,  business  prospects,  projections,  plans  or  predictions  of  the  future,  and  other 
similar  matters,  are  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  Section  21(e)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.  Such  statements  are  not  
statements of historical fact. Forward-looking statements involve assumptions, uncertainties and risks, some of which are not currently known to us, which 
could cause the Company’s results to differ materially from its management’s current expectations. Actual events or results may differ from those expressed 
or implied in any such forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, many of which are beyond our control, which could affect our operations, 
performance,  business  strategy  and  results,  and  could  cause  our  experience  to  differ  materially  from  the  expectations  and  objectives  expressed  in  any 
forward-looking statements. These factors include, but are not limited to, the factors, risks and uncertainties that are described from time to time in the 
company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including but not limited to, its Annual Reports on Form 10-K, its Quarterly Reports on 
Form 10-Q and its Current Reports on Form 8-K, which contain more detailed discussions of the company’s business, including risks and uncertainties that 
may affect our future.

Due to such uncertainties and risks, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the dates 
on which they are made. The content of this Annual Report includes time-sensitive information, and is accurate as of the date hereof, April 23, 2010. The 
company expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein, 
any changes in the company’s expectations with regard thereto, or the impact of circumstances, events or conditions that may arise after the dates such 
statements are made. The reader should, however, consult any further disclosures we may make in future Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports 
on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, which we may file after the date hereof.

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

   X    

ANNUAL  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13  OR  15(d)  OF  THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE  ACT  OF 
1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT  TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 
OF 1934 

For the transition period from ______ to __________ 

Commission File Number:  000-50058 

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
 (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 

(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

120 Corporate Boulevard, Norfolk, Virginia 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

75-3078675 
(I.R.S.  Employer 
Identification No.) 

23502 
 (Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  (888) 772-7326 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:   
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share 
(Title of Class) 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the 

Securities Act.                                                YES  (cid:59)     NO (cid:133)        

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15 (d) 

of the Act.  

   YES  (cid:133)      NO (cid:59) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 
15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that 
the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 
90 days. 

    YES (cid:59)      NO (cid:133)   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web 
site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-
T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post 
  YES  (cid:133)       NO (cid:133)      
such files).                                      
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not 

contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or 
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment of this Form 
10-K. ___        
       Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  or  a  non-
accelerated filer.  See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” 
   Large  accelerated  filer  (cid:59)  Accelerated  filer  (cid:133)  Non-accelerated  filer  (cid:133) 
in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
Smaller reporting company (cid:133).  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  

       YES (cid:133)      NO (cid:59) 

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2009 

was $579,094,043 based on the $38.73 closing price as reported on the NASDAQ Global Stock Market. 

 The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of February 9, 2010 was 

15,520,235. 

Documents incorporated by reference: Portions of the Proxy Statement to be filed by approximately April 
20, 2010 for our 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Items 11, 12 and 13 of 
Part III of this Form 10-K. 

1 

 
 
 
 
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Part I 
Item 1.  Business 
Item 1A.  Risk Factors 
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 
Item 2.   Properties  
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings 
Item 4. 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Securityholders 

Part II 
Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters 

and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   
Selected Financial Data 

Item 6. 
Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results  

of Operations 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk  
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and  

Financial Disclosure   

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 
Item 9B.  Other Information 

Part III 
Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant 
Item 11.  Executive Compensation 
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and 

Related Stockholder Matters 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   
Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Part IV 
Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

Signatures  
Exhibit List 

  4 
17 
25 
26 
26 
27 

27 
29 

31 
51 
52 

81 
81 
81 

82 
84 

84 
84 
85 

86 

88 

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cautionary  Statements  Pursuant  to  Safe  Harbor  Provisions  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform 
Act of 1995: 

This  report  contains  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  federal  securities  laws.  These 
forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that, if they never materialize or prove 
incorrect, could cause our results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking 
statements.  All  statements,  other  than  statements  of  historical  fact,  are  forward-looking  statements,  including 
statements  regarding  overall  trends,  operating  cost  trends,  liquidity  and  capital  needs  and  other  statements  of 
expectations, beliefs, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends, and similar expressions concerning 
matters that are not historical facts.  The risks, uncertainties and assumptions referred to above may include, but 
are not limited to, the following: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

changes  in  the  economic or  inflationary  environment which  have  an  adverse  effect  on the ability  of 
consumers to pay their debts or on the stability of the financial system as a whole; 

our ability to purchase defaulted consumer receivables at appropriate prices; 

changes in the business practices of credit originators in terms of selling defaulted consumer receivables 
or outsourcing defaulted consumer receivables to third-party contingent fee collection agencies; 

changes in government regulations that affect our ability to collect sufficient amounts on our defaulted 
consumer receivables; 

changes in or interpretation of tax laws; 

deterioration in economic conditions in the United States that may have an adverse effect on our 
collections,  results of operations, revenue and stock price; 

changes in bankruptcy or collection agency laws that could negatively affect our business; 

our ability to employ and retain qualified employees, especially collection personnel; 

our work force could become unionized in the future, which could adversely affect the stability of our 
production and increase our costs; 

changes in the credit or capital markets, which affect our ability to borrow money or raise capital to 
purchase or service defaulted consumer receivables; 

the degree and nature of our competition; 

our ability to comply with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and 
regulations promulgated thereunder; 

our ability to retain existing clients and obtain new clients for our fee-for-service businesses; 

the sufficiency of our funds generated from operations, existing cash and available borrowings to 
finance   our current operations; and  

the risk factors listed from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the 
“SEC”). 

You should assume that the information appearing in this annual report is accurate only as of the date it was 

issued. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. 

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
For a discussion of the risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could affect our future events, developments 
or results, you should carefully review the “ Risk Factors” section beginning on page 17, as well as “Business” 
section beginning on page 4 and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results 
of Operations” section beginning on page 31. 

  Our  forward-looking  statements  could  be  wrong  in  light  of  these  and  other  risks,  uncertainties  and 
assumptions. The future events, developments or results described in this report could turn out to be materially 
different. We have no obligation to publicly update or revise our forward-looking statements after the date of this 
annual report and you should not expect us to do so. 

  Investors should also be aware that while we do, from time to time, communicate with securities analysts 
and  others,  we  do  not,  by  policy,  selectively  disclose  to  them  any  material  nonpublic  information  or  other 
confidential  commercial  information.  Accordingly,  stockholders  should  not  assume  that  we  agree  with  any 
statement  or  report  issued  by  any  analyst  regardless  of  the  content  of  the  statement  or  report.  We  do  not,  by 
policy,  confirm  forecasts  or  projections  issued  by  others.  Thus,  to  the  extent  that  reports  issued  by  securities 
analysts contain any projections, forecasts or opinions, such reports are not our responsibility. 

Item 1.  Business. 

General 

PART I 

Our  business  revolves  around  the  detection,  collection,  and  processing  of  both  unpaid  and  normal-course 
accounts receivable originally owed to credit grantors, governments, retailers and others.  Our primary business 
is the purchase, collection and management of portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. These are the unpaid 
obligations  of  individuals  to  credit  originators,  which  include  banks,  credit  unions,  consumer  and  auto  finance 
companies  and  retail  merchants.  We  also  provide  fee-based  services,  including  collateral-location  services  for 
credit  originators  via  PRA  Location  Services,  LLC  (“IGS”)  and  revenue  administration,  audit  and  debt 
discovery/recovery services for government entities through both PRA Government Services, LLC (“RDS”) and 
MuniServices,  LLC  (“MuniServices”).    We  believe  that  the  strengths  of  our  business  are  our  sophisticated 
approach  to  portfolio  pricing,  segmentation  and  servicing,  our  emphasis  on  developing  and  retaining  our 
collection personnel, our sophisticated collections systems and procedures and our relationships with many of the 
largest consumer lenders in the United States.  

We  use  the  following  terminology  throughout  our  reports:  “Cash  Receipts”  refers  to  collections  on  our 
owned  portfolios  together  with  commission  income.    “Cash  Collections”  refers  to  collections  on  our  owned 
portfolios  only,  exclusive  of  commission  income.    “Amortization  Rate”  refers  to  cash  collections  applied  to 
principal as a percentage of total cash collections. “Income Recognized on Finance Receivables” refers to income 
derived from our owned debt portfolios and is shown net of valuation allowances.    “Commissions” refers to fee 
income generated from our wholly-owned fee-for-service subsidiaries.   

Our  debt  purchase  business  specializes  in  receivables  that  have  been  charged-off  by  the  credit  originator. 
Because  the  credit  originator  and/or  other  debt  servicing  companies  have  unsuccessfully  attempted  to  collect 
these  receivables,  we  are  able  to  purchase  them  at  a  substantial  discount  to  their  face  value.  From  our  1996 
inception through December 31, 2009, we acquired 1,697 portfolios with a face value of $48.0 billion for $1.4 
billion, representing more than 22 million customer accounts.  The success of our business depends on our ability 
to  purchase  portfolios  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables  at  appropriate  valuations  and  to  collect  on  those 
receivables effectively and efficiently. Since inception, we have been able to collect at an average rate of 2.5 to 
3.0  times  our  purchase  price  for  defaulted  consumer  receivables  portfolios,  as  measured  over  a  five  to  twelve 
year period, which has enabled us to generate increasing profits and positive operational cash flow. 

We  have  achieved  strong  financial  results  since  our  formation,  with  cash  collections  growing  from  $10.9 
million in 1998 to $368.0 million in 2009. Total revenue has grown from $6.8 million in 1998 to $281.1 million 
in 2009, a compound annual growth rate of 40%.  Similarly, pro forma net income has grown from $402,000 in 
1998 to net income of $44.3 million in 2009.   

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We were initially formed as Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, on 
March  20,  1996.    Prior  to  the  formation  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.,  members  of  our  current 
management  team  played  key  roles  in  the  development  of  a  defaulted  consumer  receivables  acquisition  and 
divestiture operation for Household Recovery Services, a subsidiary of Household International, now owned by 
HSBC.  In connection with our 2002 initial public offering (our “IPO”), all of the membership units of Portfolio 
Recovery  Associates,  L.L.C.  were  exchanged,  simultaneously  with  the  effectiveness  of  our  registration 
statement,  for  a  single  class  of  the  common  stock  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.,  a  new  Delaware 
corporation  formed  on  August  7,  2002.    Accordingly,  the  members  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  L.L.C. 
became the common stockholders of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., which became the parent company of 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. and its subsidiaries. 

The Company maintains an Internet website at the following address: www.portfoliorecovery.com. 

We  make  available  on  or  through  our  website  certain  reports  that  we  file  with  or  furnish  to  the  SEC  in 
accordance  with  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.  These  include  our  annual  reports  on  Form  10-K,  our 
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and our current reports on Form 8-K. We make this information available on our 
website  free  of  charge  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  we  electronically  file  the  information  with  or 
furnish  it  to  the  SEC.    The  information  that  is  filed  with  the  SEC  may  be  read  or  copied  at  the  SEC’s  Public 
Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549.  In addition, information on the operation of the 
Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.  The SEC maintains an Internet 
site  that  contains  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and  other  information  regarding  issuers  that  file 
electronically with the SEC at: www.sec.gov.  

Reports filed with or furnished to the SEC are also available free of charge upon request by contacting our 

corporate office at: 

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Attn: Investor Relations 
120 Corporate Boulevard, Suite 100 
Norfolk, Virginia 23502 

Competitive Strengths 

We Offer a Compelling Alternative to Debt Owners and Governmental Entities 

We  offer  debt  owners  the  ability  to  immediately  realize  value  for  delinquent  receivables  throughout  the 
entire  collection  cycle,  from  receivables  that  have  only  been  processed  internally  by  the  debt  owner  to 
receivables that have been subject to multiple internal and external collection efforts, whether or not subject to 
bankruptcy proceedings.  This flexibility is unusual in our industry, helps us to meet the needs of debt owners 
and allows us to become a trusted resource.  Also, through our RDS and MuniServices businesses, we have the 
ability  to  service  state  and  local  government’s  receivables  in  various  ways.      This  includes  such  services  as 
processing tax payments on behalf of the client and extends to more complicated tax audit and discovery work, 
as well as additional services that fill the needs of our clients to local and state governments. 

Disciplined and Proprietary Underwriting Process 

One of the key components of our growth has been our ability to price portfolio acquisitions at levels that 
have generated profitable returns on investment. Since inception, we have been able to collect at an average rate 
of 2.5 to 3.0 times our purchase price for defaulted consumer receivables portfolios, as measured over a five to 
twelve  year  period,  which  has  enabled  us  to  generate  increasing  profits  and  operational  cash  flow.  In  order  to 
price  portfolios  and  forecast  the  targeted  collection  results  for  a  portfolio,  we  use  two  separate  internally 
developed  statistical  models  and  one  externally  developed  model,  which  we  may  supplement  with  on-site  due 
diligence  and  data  obtained  from  the  debt  owner’s  collection  process  and  loan  files.  One  model  analyzes  the 
portfolio  as  one  unit  based  on  demographic  comparisons,  while  the  second  and  external  models  analyze  each 
account  in  a  portfolio  using  variables in a regression analysis.  As we collect on our portfolios, the results are 
input  back  into  the  models  in  an  ongoing  process  which  we  believe  increases  their  accuracy.  Additionally, we 
have  not  sold  any  accounts  since  2002,  and  the  accounts  we  sold  were  primarily  in  Chapter  13  bankruptcy 

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
proceedings.  By holding and collecting the accounts over the long-term, we create batch tracking history that we 
believe is unique among our peers.   

Ability to Hire, Develop and Retain Productive Collectors 

We place considerable focus on our ability to hire, develop, motivate and retain effective collectors who are 
key to our continued growth and profitability. Several large military bases and numerous telemarketing, customer 
service  and  reservation  phone  centers  are  located  near  our  headquarters  and  regional  offices  in  Virginia, 
providing  access  to  a  large  pool  of  eligible  personnel.  The  Hutchinson,  Kansas,  Las  Vegas,  Nevada, 
Birmingham,  Alabama,  Jackson,  Tennessee,  Houston,  Texas  and  Fresno,  California  areas  also  provide  a 
sufficient  potential  workforce  of  eligible  personnel.    We  have  found  that  tenure  is  a  primary  driver  of  our 
collector  effectiveness.  We  offer  our  collectors  a  competitive  wage  with  the  opportunity  to  receive  unlimited 
incentive compensation based on performance, as well as an attractive benefits package, a comfortable working 
environment and the ability to work on a flexible schedule.  We have a comprehensive training program for new 
owned  portfolio  collectors  and  provide  continuing  advanced  training  classes  which  are  conducted  in  our  five 
training  centers.    Recognizing  the  demands  of  the  job,  our  management  team  has  endeavored  to  create  a 
professional and supportive environment for all of our employees. 

Established Systems and Infrastructure 

We  have  devoted  significant  effort  to  developing  our  systems,  including  statistical  models,  databases  and 
reporting packages, to optimize our portfolio purchases and collection efforts.  In addition, we believe that our 
technology infrastructure is flexible, secure, reliable and redundant, to ensure the protection of our sensitive data 
and  to  mitigate  exposure  to  systems  failure  or  unauthorized  access.    We  take  data  security  and  collection 
compliance very seriously.   We employ a staff of Quality Control and Compliance employees whose role it is to 
monitor  calls  and  observe  collection system entries in real time.  They additionally monitor and research daily 
exception  reports  that  track  significant  account  status  movements,  and  account  changes.    We  believe  that  our 
systems  and  infrastructure  give  us  meaningful  advantages  over  our  competitors.    We  have  developed  financial 
models and systems for pricing portfolio acquisitions, managing the collections process and monitoring operating 
results.  We perform a static pool analysis monthly on each of our portfolios, inputting actual results back into 
our  acquisition  models,  to  enhance  their  accuracy.    We  monitor  collection  results  continuously,  seeking  to 
identify and resolve negative trends immediately.  In addition, we do not sell our purchased defaulted consumer 
receivables.    Instead,  we  work  them  over  the  long-term  enhancing  our  knowledge  of  a  pool’s  long-term 
performance.    Our  comprehensive  management  reporting package is designed to fully inform our management 
team so that they may make timely operating decisions.  This combination of hardware, software and proprietary 
modeling and systems has been developed by our management team through years of experience in this industry 
and  we  believe  provides  us  with  an  important  competitive  advantage  from  the  acquisition  process  all  the  way 
through collection operations. 

Strong Relationships with Major Credit Originators 

We  have  done  business  with  most  of  the  top  consumer  lenders  in  the  United  States.    We  maintain  an 
extensive  marketing  effort  and  our  senior  management  team  is  in  contact  on  a  regular  basis  with  known  and 
prospective credit originators.  We believe that we have earned a reputation as a reliable and compliant purchaser 
of defaulted consumer receivables portfolios and as responsible collectors.  Furthermore, from the perspective of 
the selling credit originator, the failure to close on a negotiated sale of a portfolio consumes valuable time and 
expense  and  can  have  an  adverse  effect  on  pricing  when  the  portfolio  is  re-marketed.    We  have  never  been 
unable  to  close  on  a  transaction.  Similarly,  if  a  credit  originator  sells  a  portfolio  to  a  debt  buyer  which  has  a 
reputation  for  violating  industry  standard  collecting  practices,  it  can  damage  the  reputation  of  the  credit 
originator.  We go to great lengths to collect from consumers in a responsible, professional and legally compliant 
manner.    We  believe  our  strong  relationships  with  major  credit  originators  provide  us  with  access  to  quality 
opportunities for portfolio purchases. 

Experienced Management Team 

We  have  an  experienced  management  team  with  considerable  expertise  in  the  accounts  receivable 
management  industry.    Prior  to  our  formation,  our  founders  played  key  roles  in  the  development  and 

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
management of a consumer receivables acquisition and divestiture operation of Household Recovery Services, a 
subsidiary of Household International, now owned by HSBC.  As we have grown, the original management team 
has been expanded to include a group of experienced, seasoned executives, many coming from the largest, most 
sophisticated lenders in the country. 

Portfolio Acquisitions 

Our portfolio of defaulted consumer receivables includes a diverse set of accounts that can be categorized by 
asset  type,  age  and  size  of  account,  level  of  previous  collection  efforts  and  geography.    To  identify  attractive 
buying opportunities, we maintain an extensive marketing effort with our senior officers contacting known and 
prospective sellers of defaulted consumer receivables.  We have acquired receivables of Visa®, MasterCard® and 
Discover® credit cards, private label credit cards, installment loans, lines of credit, bankrupt accounts, deficiency 
balances  of  various  types,  legal  judgments,  and  trade  payables,  all  from  a  variety  of  debt  owners.    These  debt 
owners include major banks, credit unions, consumer finance companies, telecommunication providers, retailers, 
utilities,  insurance  companies,  medical  groups/hospitals,  other  debt  buyers  and  auto  finance  companies.    In 
addition, we exhibit at trade shows, advertise in a variety of trade publications and attend industry events in an 
effort to develop account purchase opportunities.  We also maintain active relationships with brokers of defaulted 
consumer receivables.   

The  following  chart  categorizes  our  life  to  date  owned  portfolios  as  of December 31, 2009 into the major 

asset types represented (amounts in thousands):   

Asse t Type

Major Credit Cards

Consumer Finance

Private Label Credit Cards

No. of Accounts

                 13,343 

                   5,126 

                   3,072 

%

60.5%

23.3%

13.9%

Life  to Date  Purchase d Face  
Value  of De faulte d Consume r 
Re ce ivable s⁽¹⁾
 $                               35,384,090 

                                    5,298,600 

                                    4,069,471 

Auto Deficiency

                      510 

2.3%

                                    3,278,612 

%

73.7%

11.0%

8.5%

6.8%

Total:

22,051

100.0%  $                               48,030,773 

100.0%

(1)

The  “Life  to  Date  Purchased  Face  Value  of  Defaulted  Consumer  Receivables”  represents  the  original  face 
amount  purchased  from  sellers  and  has  not  been  decremented  by  any  adjustments  including  payments  and
buybacks (“buybacks” are defined as purchase price refunded by the seller due to the return of non-compliant 
accounts).  

We have done business with most of the largest consumer lenders in the United States.  Since our formation, 

we have purchased accounts from approximately 150 debt owners.   

We  have  acquired  portfolios  at  various  price  levels,  depending  on  the  age  of  the  portfolio,  its  geographic 
distribution, our historical experience with a certain asset type or credit originator and similar factors.  A typical 
defaulted  consumer  receivables  portfolio  ranges  from  $1  million  to  $150  million  in  face  value  and  contains 
defaulted  consumer  receivables  from  diverse  geographic  locations  with  average  initial  individual  account 
balances of $400 to $7,000. 

The age of a defaulted consumer receivables portfolio (the time since an account has been charged-off) is an 
important factor in determining the price at which we will purchase a receivables portfolio. Generally, there is an 
inverse relationship between the age of a portfolio and the price at which we will purchase the portfolio.  This 
relationship  is  due  to  the  fact  that  older  receivables  typically  are  more  difficult  to  collect.    The  accounts 
receivables  management  industry  places  receivables  into  categories  depending  on  the  number  of  collection 
agencies that have previously attempted to collect on the receivables.  Fresh accounts are typically past due 120 
to  270  days  and  charged-off  by  the  credit  originator,  that  are  either  being  sold  prior  to  any  post-charge-off 
collection activity or are placed with a third-party for the first time.  These accounts typically sell for the highest 
purchase price.  Primary accounts are typically 360 to 450 days past due and charged-off, have been previously 
placed with one contingent fee servicer and receive a lower purchase price.  Secondary and tertiary accounts are 
typically  more  than  660  days  past  due  and  charged-off,  have  been  placed  with  two  or  three  contingent  fee 

7

 
 
 
 
                
 
  
 
servicers and receive even lower purchase prices.  We also purchase accounts previously worked by four or more 
agencies and these are typically 1,260 days or more past due and receive an even lower price.  In addition, we 
purchase accounts that are included in consumer bankruptcies.  These bankrupt accounts are typically filed under 
Chapter 13 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and have an associated payment plan that can range from 3 to 5 years.  
We purchase bankrupt accounts in both forward flow and spot transactions and, consequently, they can be at any 
age in the bankruptcy plan life cycle. 

As shown in the following chart, as of December 31, 2009, we purchase accounts at any point in the 

delinquency cycle (amounts in thousands): 

Account Type

No. of Accounts

%

Life  to Date  Purchase d Face  
Value  of De faulte d 
Consume r Re ce ivable s⁽¹⁾

Fresh

Primary

Secondary

T ertiary

                  1,079 

4.9%  $                               3,525,120 

                  3,193 

14.5%                                   5,479,669 

                  3,503 

15.9%                                   5,595,727 

                  3,743 

17.0%                                   4,793,387 

BK T rustees

                  2,882 

13.1%                                 12,305,661 

Other

                  7,651 

34.6%                                 16,331,209 

%

7.3%

11.4%

11.7%

10.0%

25.6%

34.0%

Total:

22,051

100.0%

$                             

48,030,773

100.0%

(1)  The  “Life  to  Date  Purchased  Face  Value  of  Defaulted  Consumer  Receivables”  represents  the  original 
face  amount  purchased  from  sellers  and  has  not  been  decremented  by  any  adjustments  including 
payments and buybacks. 

We also review the geographic distribution of accounts within a portfolio because we have found that certain 
states  have  more  debtor-friendly  laws  than  others  and,  therefore,  are  less  desirable  from  a  collectibility 
perspective.    In  addition,  economic  factors  and  bankruptcy  trends  vary  regionally  and  are  factored  into  our 
maximum purchase price equation.  

The  following  chart  sets  forth  our  overall  life  to  date  portfolio  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables 

geographically as of December 31, 2009 (amounts in thousands): 

Geographic Distribution
California
Texas
Florida
New York
Pennsylvania
North Carolina
Illinois
Ohio
Georgia
New Jersey
Michigan
Virginia
Tennessee
Arizona
Massachusetts
South Carolina
Other (3)

No. of 
Accounts
                  2,240 
                  3,624 
                  1,717 
                  1,316 
                     763 
                     770 
                     872 
                     752 
                     682 
                     510 
                     582 
                     558 
                     462 
                     361 
                     395 
                     392 

Life to Date Purchased 
Face Value of Defaulted 
Consumer Receivables (1)
 $                             6,087,281 
                                5,789,260 
                                4,589,347 
                                3,054,556 
                                1,850,103 
                                1,686,036 
                                1,654,088 
                                1,625,847 
                                1,519,063 
                                1,389,934 
                                1,271,094 
                                1,002,532 
                                   990,778 
                                   952,172 
                                   942,590 
                                   891,286 

Original Purchase Price 
of Defaulted Consumer 
Receivables  (2)
 $                               156,978 
                                  133,468 
                                  117,877 
                                    81,510 
                                    54,766 
                                    46,677 
                                    52,029 
                                    56,006 
                                    53,101 
                                    39,356 
                                    42,192 
                                    31,926 
                                    34,381 
                                    24,765 
                                    26,105 
                                    23,717 

%
12%
10%
9%
6%
4%
3%
4%
4%
4%
3%
3%
2%
3%
2%
2%
2%

%
13%
12%
10%
6%
4%
4%
3%
3%
3%
3%
3%
2%
2%
2%
2%
2%

%

10%
16%
8%
6%
3%
3%
4%
3%
3%
2%
3%
3%
2%
2%
2%
2%

Total:

                  6,055 

27%
100%  
(1)   The “Life to Date Purchased Face Value of Defaulted Consumer Receivables” represents the original face 
amount purchased from sellers and has not been decremented by any adjustments including payments and 
buybacks. 

                              12,734,806 
$                         

                                  385,997 
$                          

26%
100%

28%
100%

48,030,773

1,360,851

22,051

(2)  The  “Original  Purchase  Price  of  Defaulted  Consumer  Receivables”  represents  the  cash  paid  to  sellers  to 

acquire portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. 

(3)  Each  state  included  in  "Other"  represents  less  than  2%  of  the  face  value  of  total  defaulted  consumer 

receivables. 

8

 
 
 
               
 
 
 
 
             
Purchasing Process 

We  acquire  portfolios  from  debt  owners  through  auctions  and  negotiated  sales.  In  an  auction  process,  the 
seller  will  assemble  a  portfolio  of  receivables  and  will  either  broadly  offer  the  portfolio  to  the  market  or  seek 
purchase  prices  from  specifically  invited  potential  purchasers.    In  a  privately  negotiated  sale  process,  the  debt 
owner  will  contact  known,  reputable  purchasers  directly,  take  bids  and  negotiate  the  terms  of  sale.    We  also 
acquire  accounts  in  forward  flow  contracts.  Under  a  forward  flow  contract,  we  agree  to  purchase  defaulted 
consumer receivables from a debt owner on a periodic basis, at a set percentage of face value of the receivables 
over a specified time period, generally from three to twelve months.  These agreements typically have a provision 
requiring  that  the  attributes  of the receivables to be sold will not significantly change each month and that the 
debt owner efforts to collect these receivables will not change.  If this provision is not adhered to, the contract 
will allow for the early termination of the forward flow contract by the purchaser or call for a price renegotiation.  
Forward  flow  contracts  are  a  consistent  source  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables  for  accounts  receivables 
management providers and provide the debt owner with a reliable source of revenue and a professional resolution 
of defaulted consumer receivables. 

In a typical sale transaction, a debt owner distributes a computer data file containing ten to fifteen basic data 
fields on each receivables account in the portfolio offered for sale.  Such fields typically include the consumer's 
name, address, outstanding balance, date of charge-off, date of last payment and the date the account was opened. 
We  perform  our  initial  due  diligence  on  the  portfolio  by  electronically  cross-checking  the  data  fields  on  the 
computer disk or data tape against the accounts in our owned portfolios and against national demographic and 
credit  databases.    We  compile  a  variety  of  portfolio  level  reports  examining  all  demographic  data  available.  
When  valuing  pools  of  bankrupt  consumer  receivables,  we  seek  to  access  information  on  the  status  of  each 
account’s bankruptcy case. 

In  order  to  determine  a  purchase  price  for  a  portfolio,  we  use  two  separate  internally  developed  computer 
models and one externally developed model, which we may supplement with on-site due diligence of the seller’s 
collection  operation  and/or  a  review  of  their  loan  origination  files,  collection  notes  and  work  processes.    We 
analyze  the  portfolio  using  our  proprietary  multiple  regression  model,  which  analyzes  each  account  of  the 
portfolio  using  variables  in  the  regression  model.    In  addition,  we  analyze  the  portfolio  as  a  whole  using  an 
adjustment model, which uses an appropriate cash flow model depending upon whether it is a purchase of fresh, 
primary, secondary or tertiary accounts.  Then, adjustments can be made to the cash flow model to compensate 
for demographic attributes supported by a detailed analysis of demographic data.  Finally, we use a model that 
creates statistically similar portfolios from our existing accounts and develops collection curves for them that are 
used in our price modeling.  From these models we derive our quantitative purchasing analysis which is used to 
help  price  transactions.    The  multiple  regression  model  is  also  used  to  prioritize  collection  work  efforts 
subsequent to purchase.  With respect to prospective forward flow contracts and other long-term relationships, 
we  obtain  a  representative  file  that  we  use  to  determine  the  price  of  the  forward  flow  agreement.    On  a  go-
forward basis, we receive the actual file to be funded and compare it to the representative file noted above.  This 
process ensures the accounts we are purchasing are materially consistent with the accounts we agreed to purchase 
under the forward flow arrangement. In addition, when purchasing bankrupt consumer receivables, we utilize a 
completely separate, specifically designed pricing model. 

Our due diligence and portfolio review results in a comprehensive analysis of the proposed portfolio.  This 
analysis  compares  defaulted  consumer  receivables  in  the  prospective  portfolio  with  our  collection  history  in 
similar  portfolios.    We  then  use  our  multiple  regression  model  to  value  each  account.    Finally,  we  use  the 
statistically  similar  portfolio  analysis  model  to  refine  our  curves.    Using  the  three  valuation  approaches,  we 
determine cash collections over the life of the portfolio.  We then summarize all anticipated cash collections and 
associated direct expenses and project a collectibility value expressed both in dollars and liquidation percentage 
and a detailed expense projection over the portfolio's estimated six to ten year economic life.  We use the total 
projected collectibility value and expenses to determine an appropriate purchase price. 

We  maintain  a  detailed  static  pool  analysis  on  each  portfolio  that  we  have  acquired,  capturing  all 
demographic data and revenue and expense items for further analysis.  We use the static pool analysis to refine 
the underwriting models that we use to price future portfolio purchases.  The results of the static pool analysis are 
input back into our models, increasing the accuracy of the models as the data set increases with every portfolio 
purchase  and  each  day's  collection  efforts.    In  addition,  we  do  not  sell  our  purchased  defaulted  consumer 

9

 
 
 
receivables.    Instead,  we  work  them  over  the  long-term  enhancing  our  knowledge  of  a  pool’s  long-term 
performance. 

The quantitative and qualitative data derived in our due diligence is evaluated together with our knowledge 
of the current defaulted consumer receivables market and any subjective factors about the portfolio or the debt 
owner of which management may be aware.  A portfolio acquisition approval memorandum is prepared for each 
prospective portfolio before a purchase price is submitted to the debt owner.  This approval memorandum, which 
outlines  the  portfolio's  anticipated  collectibility  and  purchase  structure,  is  distributed  to  members  of  our 
Investment Committee.  The approval by the Committee sets a maximum purchase price for the portfolio.  The 
Investment  Committee  is  currently  comprised  of  Steve  Fredrickson,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer, 
Kevin Stevenson, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer, Craig Grube, Executive 
Vice President – Acquisitions, Mike Petit, President, Bankruptcy Services and Neal Stern, Senior Vice President 
and Chief Operating Officer – Owned Portfolios.  Due to travel arrangements, alternates can be named from time 
to time. 

Once a portfolio purchase has been approved by our investment committee and the terms of the sale have 
been agreed to with the debt owner, the acquisition is documented in an agreement that contains customary terms 
and  conditions.    Provisions  are  typically  incorporated  for  bankrupt,  disputed,  fraudulent  or  deceased  accounts 
and  typically,  the  debt  owner  either  agrees  to  repurchase  these  accounts  or  replace  them  with  acceptable 
replacement accounts within certain time frames. 

Owned Portfolio Collection Operations 

Call Center Operations 

Our work flow management system places, recalls and prioritizes accounts in collectors' work queues, based 
on  our  analyses  of  our  accounts  and  other  demographic,  credit  and  customer  behavior  attributes  and  prior 
collection work activities.  We use this process to focus our work effort on those consumers most likely to pay on 
their accounts and to rotate to other collectors the non-paying but most likely to pay accounts from which other 
collectors  have  been  unsuccessful  in  receiving  payment.    The  majority  of  our  collections  occur  as  a  result  of 
telephone  contact  with  consumers,  however,  letters  and  legal  activity  also  generate  meaningful  levels  of  cash 
collections. 

The collectability forecast for a newly acquired portfolio will help determine our initial collection strategy.  
Accounts which are determined to have the highest predicted collection probability may be sent immediately to 
collectors'  work  queues.   Less  collectible  accounts  may  be  set  aside  as  house  accounts  to  be  collected  using  a 
predictive dialer or another passive, low cost method.  After owning an account for a month we begin reassessing 
the  collectability  on  a  daily  basis  based  on  a  set  of  observed  account  characteristics  and  behaviors.    Some 
accounts  may  be  worked  using  a  letter  and/or  settlement  strategy.   We  may  obtain  credit  reports  for  various 
accounts after the collection process begins.   

Our  computer  system  allows  each  collector  to  view  all  the  scanned  documents  relating  to  the  consumer's 
account, which can include the original account application and payment checks, customer correspondence and 
other documents.  A typical collector work queue may include 650 to 1,000 accounts or more, depending on the 
skill  level  and  tenure  of  the  collector.    The  work  queue  is  depleted  and  replenished  automatically  by  our 
computerized work flow system. 

On  the  initial  contact  call,  the  consumer  is  given  a  standardized  presentation  regarding  the  benefits  of 
resolving his or her account with us.  Emphasis is placed on determining the reason for the consumer's default in 
order to better assess the consumer's situation and create a plan for repayment.  The collector is incentivized to 
have the consumer pay the full balance of the account.  If the collector cannot obtain payment of the full balance, 
the collector will suggest a repayment plan which generally includes an approximate 20% down payment with 
the balance to be repaid over an agreed upon period. At times, when determined to be appropriate, and in many 
cases with management approval, a reduced lump-sum settlement may be agreed upon.  If the consumer elects to 
utilize an installment plan, we have developed a system which enables us to make withdrawals from a consumer's 
bank account, in accordance with the directions of the customer.   

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
If  a  collector  is  unable  to  establish  contact  with  a  consumer  based  on  information  received,  the  collector 
must undertake skip tracing procedures to develop important account information.  Skip tracing is the process of 
developing  new  phone,  address,  job  or  asset  information  on  a  consumer,  or  verifying  the  accuracy  of  such 
information.  Each collector does his or her own skip tracing using a number of computer applications available 
at  his  or  her  workstation,  a  process  which  is  significantly  supplemented  by  a  series  of  automated  skip  tracing 
procedures implemented by us on a regular basis. 

Legal Recovery 

An  important  component  of  our  collections  effort  involves  our  legal  recovery  department  and  the  judicial 
collection  of  accounts  of  customers  who  have  the  ability,  but  not  the  willingness,  to  resolve  their  obligations.  
Accounts  for  which  the  consumer  is  not  cooperative  and  for  which  we  can  establish  garnishable  wages  or 
attachable  asset  are  reviewed  for  legal  action.  Additionally,  we  review  accounts  using  a  proprietary  scoring 
model and select those accounts reflecting a high propensity to pay in a legal environment.    Depending on the 
balance of the defaulted consumer receivable and the applicable state collection laws, we determine whether to 
commence legal action to judicially collect on the receivable.  The legal process can take an extended period of 
time, but it also generates cash collections that likely would not have been realized otherwise. 

We use a combination of internal staff (attorney and support), as well as external attorneys, to pursue legal 
collections under certain circumstances.  Over the past several years we have focused on developing our internal 
legal  collection  capability.    We  anticipate,  that  over  time,  collections  from  our  internal  legal team will surpass 
those  of  our  external  collection  fee  collection  attorneys.    We  have  this  capability  in  all  50  states,  in  which  we 
initiate  law-suits  in  amounts  up  to  the  jurisdictional  limits  of  the  respective  courts.    Our  legal  recovery 
department,  using  external  vendors,  also  collects  claims  against  estates  in  cases  involving  deceased  debtors 
having  assets  at  the  time  of  death.    Our  legal  recovery  department  oversees  our  internal  legal  collections  and 
coordinates  a  nationwide  collections  attorney  network  which  is  responsible  for  the  preparation  and  filing  of 
judicial  collection  proceedings  in  multiple  jurisdictions,  determining  the  suit  criteria,  and  instituting  wage 
garnishments  to  satisfy  judgments.    This  network  consists  of  approximately  65  law  firms  who  work  on  a 
contingent fee basis.  Legal cash collections generated by both our in house attorneys and outside independent 
contingent fee attorneys constituted approximately 24% of our total cash collections in 2009.  As our portfolio 
matures,  a  larger  number  of  accounts  will  be  directed  to  our  legal  recovery  department  for  judicial  collection; 
consequently,  we  anticipate  that  legal  cash  collections  will  grow  commensurately  and  comprise  a  larger 
percentage of our total cash collections.   

Bankruptcy 

Our bankruptcy department manages consumer filings under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code on debtor accounts 
derived  from  three  sources;  1)  the  company’s  purchased  pools  of  charged  off  and  delinquent  accounts,  2)  our 
purchased pools of bankrupt accounts, and 3) our third party servicing client relationships.  On company owned 
accounts,  we  file  proofs  of  claim  (“POCs”)  or  claim  transfers  and  actively  manage  these  accounts  through  the 
entire life cycle of the bankruptcy proceeding in order to substantiate our claims and ensure that we participate in 
any  distributions  to  creditors.   On  accounts  managed  under a  third  party  relationship,  we  work  on either a full 
service contingency fee basis or a menu style fee for service basis.   

We developed our proprietary Bankruptcy Management System (“BMS”) as a secure and highly automated 
platform for providing bankruptcy notification services, filing POCs and claim transfers, managing documents, 
administering  our  case  load,  posting  and  reconciling  payments  and  providing  customized  reports.    BMS  is  a 
robust system designed to manage claims processing and case management in a high volume environment.  The 
system  is  highly  flexible  and  its  capacity  is  easily  expanded.    Daily  processing  volumes  are  managed  to  meet 
individual  bar  dates  associated  with  each  bankruptcy  case  and  specific  client  turnaround  times.    BMS  and  its 
underlying business rules were developed with emphasis first on minimizing risks through strict compliance to 
the bankruptcy code, then on maximizing recoveries from automated claim filing and case administration.   

Each of our employees goes through an entry level training program to familiarize them with BMS and the 
bankruptcy  process,  including  a  general  overview  of  how  we  interact  with  the  courts,  debtor’s  attorneys  and 
trustees.    We  also  use  a  tiered  process  of  cross  training  designed  to  familiarize  advancing  employees  with  a 
variety of operational assignments and analytical tasks.  For example, we utilize specially trained employees to 

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
perform  advanced  data  matching  and  analytics  for  clients,  while  others  are  tasked  with  resolving  objections 
directly with attorneys and trustees.  In rare circumstances, resolution of these objections may need to be affected 
by working through our network of local counsel.   

Fee-for-Service Businesses 

In  order  to  provide  debt  owners  with  alternative  collection  solutions  and  to  capitalize  on  common 
competencies between a fee-for-service collections operation and an acquired receivables portfolio business, we 
commenced  our  Anchor  Receivables  Management  (“ARM”)  third-party  contingent  fee  collections  operation  in 
March  2001.    In  a  contingent  fee  arrangement,  debt  owners  typically  place  defaulted  receivables  with  a  third 
party collection agency once they have ceased their recovery efforts.  The debt owners then pay the third-party 
agency  a  commission  fee  based  upon  the  amount  actually  collected  from  the  consumer.    A  contingent  fee 
placement of defaulted consumer receivables is usually for a fixed time frame, typically four to six months, or as 
long  as  twelve  months.    At  the  end  of  this  fixed  period,  the  third-party  agency  will  return  the  uncollected 
defaulted consumer receivables to the debt owner, which may then place the defaulted consumer receivables with 
another  collection  agency  or  sell  the  portfolio  of  receivables.    We  ceased  our  ARM  contingent  fee  operation 
during the second quarter of 2008. 

Revenues  from  IGS  are  accounted  for  as  commission  revenue.    IGS  performs  national  skip  tracing,  asset 
location and collateral recovery services, principally for auto finance companies, for a fee.  The amount of fee 
earned is generally dependent on several different outcomes: whether the debtor was found and a resolution on 
the account occurred, if the collateral was repossessed or if payment was made by the debtor to the debt owner.   

The  primary  source  of  income  for  RDS  and  MuniServices,  our  government  processing  and  collection 
businesses,  is  derived  from  servicing  taxing  authorities  in  several  different  ways:  processing  all  of  their  tax 
payments  and  tax  forms,  collecting  delinquent  taxes,  identifying  taxes  that are  not  being  paid  and  auditing  tax 
payments.  The  processing  and  collection  pieces  are  standard  commission  based  billings  or  fee  for  service 
transactions. When audits are conducted, there are two components. The first is a charge for the hours incurred 
on  conducting  the  audit,  based  on  a  contractual  billing  rate.  The  gross  billing  amount  based  on  the 
aforementioned  billing  rate  is  a  component  of  the  line  item  “Commissions”  while  the  actual  salary  expense  is 
included in the line item “Compensation and employee services.” The second item is for expenses incurred while 
conducting  the  audit.  Most  jurisdictions  will  reimburse  us  for  direct  expenses  incurred  for  the  audit  including 
such items as travel and meals. The billed amounts are included in the line item “Commissions” and the expense 
component is included in its appropriate expense category, generally, “Other operating expenses.”   

Competition 

We  face  competition  in  both  of  the  markets  we  serve  —  owned  portfolio  and  fee-for-service  accounts 
receivable  management  —  from  new  and  existing  providers  of  outsourced  receivables  management  services, 
including  other  purchasers  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables  portfolios,  third-party  contingent  fee  collection 
agencies and debt owners that manage their own defaulted consumer receivables rather than outsourcing them.  
The  accounts  receivable  management  industry  (owned  portfolio  and  contingent  fee)  is  highly  fragmented  and 
competitive, consisting of approximately 6,500 consumer and commercial agencies as of 2004.  There are few 
significant  barriers  for  entry  to  new  providers  of  contingent  fee  receivables  management  services  and, 
consequently, the number of agencies serving the contingent fee market may continue to grow.  Greater capital 
needs  and  the  need  for  portfolio  evaluation  expertise  sufficient  to  price  portfolios  effectively  constitute 
significant barriers for entry to new providers of owned portfolio receivables management services. 

We  face  bidding  competition  in  our  acquisition  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables  and  in  obtaining 
placement of fee-for-service receivables.  We also compete on the basis of reputation, industry experience and 
performance.  Among the positive factors which we believe influence our ability to compete effectively in this 
market  are  our  ability  to  bid  on  portfolios  at  appropriate  prices,  our  reputation  from  previous  transactions 
regarding  our  ability  to  close  transactions  in  a  timely  fashion,  our  relationships  with  originators  of  defaulted 
consumer receivables, our team of well-trained collectors who provide quality customer service and compliance 
with  applicable  collections  laws  and  our  ability  to  efficiently  and  effectively  collect  on  various  asset  types.  
Among the negative factors which we believe could influence our ability to compete effectively in this market 
are that some of our current competitors and possible new competitors may have substantially greater financial, 

12

 
 
 
 
 
personnel and other resources, greater adaptability to changing market needs, longer operating histories and more 
established relationships in our industry than we currently have. 

Information Technology 

Technology Operating Systems and Server Platform 

The  architecture  and  design  of  our  systems  provides  us  with  a  technology  system  that  is  flexible,  secure, 
reliable  and  redundant  to  ensure  the  protection  of  our  sensitive  data.   We  utilize  Intel-based  servers  running 
Microsoft Windows 2000/2003 operating systems.  In addition, we utilize a blend of purchased and proprietary 
software systems tailored to the needs of our business.  These systems are designed to eliminate inefficiencies in 
our collections, continue to meet business objectives in a changing environment and meet compliance obligations 
with regulatory entities.  Our proprietary software systems are being leveraged to manage location information 
and operational applications for MuniServices, IGS and RDS. We believe our custom solutions will enhance the 
overall investigative capabilities of this business while meeting compliance obligations with regulatory entities. 

Network Technology 

To  provide  delivery  of  our  applications,  we  utilize  Intel-based  workstations  across  our  entire  business 
operations.  The environment is configured to provide speeds of 100 megabytes to the desktops of our collections 
and administration staff.  Our one gigabyte server network architecture supports high-speed data transport.  Our 
network  system  is  designed  to  be  scalable  and  meet  expansion  and  inter-building  bandwidth  and  quality  of 
service demands. 

Database and Software Systems 

The ability to access and utilize data is essential to us being able to operate nationwide in a cost-effective 
manner.   Our  centralized  computer-based  information  systems  support  the  core  processing  functions  of  our 
business under a set of integrated databases and are designed to be both replicable and scalable to accommodate 
our internal growth.  This integrated approach helps to assure that data sources are processed efficiently.  We use 
these  systems  for  portfolio  and  client  management,  skip  tracing,  check  taking,  financial  and  management 
accounting,  reporting,  and  planning  and  analysis.   The  systems  also  support  our  consumers,  including  on-line 
access to account information, account status and payment entry.  We use a combination of Microsoft and Oracle 
database software to manage our portfolios, financial, customer and sales data, and we believe these systems will 
be  sufficient  for  our  needs  for  the  foreseeable  future.   MuniServices,  IGS  and  RDS  all  maintain  unique, 
proprietary  software  systems  that  manage  the  movement  of  data,  accounts  and  information  throughout  these 
business units.  We believe these systems will be sufficient for our needs in the foreseeable future. 

Redundancy, System Backup, Security and Disaster Recovery 

Our  data  centers  provide  the  infrastructure  for  collection  services  and  uninterrupted  support  of  data, 
applications and hardware for all of our business units. We believe our facilities and operations include sufficient 
redundancy, file back-up and security to ensure minimal exposure to systems failure or unauthorized access.  The 
preparations in this area include the use of call centers in Virginia, Kansas,  Alabama and Tennessee in order to 
help  provide  redundancy  for  data  and  processes  should  one  site  be  completely  disabled.   We  have  a  disaster 
recovery plan covering our business that is tested on a periodic basis.  The combination of our locally distributed 
call  control  systems  provides  enterprise-wide  call  and  data  distribution  between  our  call  centers  for  efficient 
portfolio  collection  and  business  operations.   In  addition  to  data  replication  between  the  sites,  incremental 
backups  of  both  software  and  databases  are  performed on  a  daily basis and a full system backup is performed 
weekly.  Backup data tapes are stored at an offsite location along with copies of schedules and production control 
procedures,  procedures for recovery using an off-site data center, documentation and other critical information 
necessary for recovery and continued operation.  Our Virginia headquarters has two separate telecommunications 
feeds,  uninterruptible  power  supplies  and  natural  gas  and  diesel-generators,  all  of  which  provide  a  level  of 
redundancy should a power outage or interruption occur.  We also have generators installed at each of our remote 
call centers, as well as our subsidiary locations in Alabama and Nevada.  We also employ rigorous physical and 
electronic security to protect our data.  Our call centers have restricted card key access and appropriate additional 

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
physical  security  measures.   Electronic  protections  include  data  encryption,  firewalls  and  multi-level  access 
controls.   

Plasma Displays for Real Time Data Utilization 

We utilize multiple plasma displays at most of our collection facilities to aid in recovery of portfolios.  The 
displays provide real-time business-critical information to our collection personnel for efficient collection efforts 
such as telephone, production, employee status, goal trending, training and corporate information. 

Predictive Dialer Technology 

The Avaya Proactive Contact Dialer ensures that our collection staff focuses on certain defaulted consumer 
receivables according to our specifications.  Its predictive technology takes into account all campaign and dialing 
parameters  and  is  able  to  automatically  adjust  its  dialing  pace  to  match  changes  in  campaign  conditions  and 
provide the lowest possible wait times and abandon rates, with the highest volume of outbound calls.   

Employees 

We  employed  2,213  persons  on  a  full-time  basis,  including  the  following  number  of  front  line  operations 
employees by business: 1,574 on our owned portfolios, 188 working in our IGS operations, 82 working in our 
RDS  government  collections  operation,  and  71  working  in  our  MuniServices  operations,  as  of  December  31, 
2009.  None of our employees are represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement.  We 
believe that our relations with our employees are good. 

Hiring 

We  recognize  that  our  collectors  are  critical  to  the  success  of  our  business  as  a  majority  of  our  collection 
efforts occur as a result of telephone contact with consumers.  We have found that the tenure and productivity of 
our collectors are directly related.  Therefore, attracting, hiring, training, retaining and motivating our collection 
personnel is a major focus for us.  We pay our collectors competitive wages and offer employees a full benefits 
program which includes comprehensive medical coverage, short and long term disability, life insurance, dental 
and  vision  coverage,  pre-paid  legal  plan,  an  employee  assistance  program,  supplemental  indemnity,  cancer, 
hospitalization and accident insurance, a flexible spending account for child care and a matching 401(k) program.  
In addition to a base wage, we provide collectors with the opportunity to receive unlimited compensation through 
an  incentive  compensation  program  that  pays  bonuses  above  a  set  monthly  base,  based  upon  each  collector's 
collection results.  This program is designed to ensure that employees are paid based not only on performance, 
but also on consistency.  We believe that these practices have helped us achieve an annual post-training turnover 
rate in our collector workforce of 57% in 2009. 

A  large  number  of  telemarketing,  customer-service  and  reservation  phone  centers  are  located  near  our 
Norfolk, Virginia headquarters.  We believe that we offer a competitive and, in many cases, a higher base wage 
than many local employers and therefore have access to a large number of eligible personnel.  In addition, there 
are several military bases in the area.  We employ numerous military spouses and retirees and find them to be an 
excellent source of employees.  We have also found the Las Vegas, Nevada, Hutchinson, Kansas, Birmingham, 
Alabama,  Jackson,  Tennessee,  Houston,  Texas  and  Fresno,  California  areas  to  provide  a  large  potential 
workforce of eligible personnel. 

Training 

We provide a comprehensive multi-week training program for all new owned portfolio collectors.  The first 
weeks  of  the  training  program  are  comprised  of  lectures  to  learn  collection  techniques,  state  and  federal 
collection laws, systems, negotiation skills, skip tracing and telephone use.  These sessions are then followed by 
additional weeks of practical experience conducting live calls with additional managerial supervision in order to 
provide employees with confidence and guidance while still contributing to our profitability.  Each trainee must 
successfully pass a comprehensive examination before being assigned to the collection floor, as well as once a 
year thereafter.  In addition, we conduct continuing advanced classes in our five training centers.  Our technology 

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and systems allow us to monitor individual employees and then offer additional training in areas of deficiency to 
increase productivity and ensure compliance.  

 Office of General Counsel 

     Our Office of General Counsel manages general corporate governance, litigation management, insurance and 
risk  management,  corporate  transactions,  intellectual  property,  contract  and  document  preparation  and  review, 
including real estate purchase and lease agreements and portfolio purchase documents, compliance with federal 
securities laws and other regulations and statutes, obtaining and maintaining multi-state licensing, bonding and 
insurance  and  dispute  and  complaint  resolution.  As  a  part  of  its  compliance  functions,  our  Office  of  General 
Counsel  works  with  our  internal  auditor  and  the  Audit  Committee  of  our  Board  of  Directors  in  the 
implementation of our Code of Ethics.  In that connection, we have implemented companywide ethics training 
and  mandatory  ethics  quizzes  and  have  established  a  confidential  telephone  hotline  to  report  suspected  policy 
violations,  fraud,  embezzlement,  deception  in  record  keeping  and  reporting,  accounting,  auditing  matters  and 
other  acts  which  are  inappropriate,  criminal  and/or  unethical.    Our  Code  of  Ethics  is  available  at  the  Investor 
Relations page of our website. Our Office of General Counsel also works closely with and provides guidance to 
our  Quality  Control  and  Compliance  department  and  assists  with  training  our  staff  in  relevant  areas  including 
extensive training on the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act and other relevant laws and regulations. Our Office 
of General Counsel distributes guidelines and procedures for collection personnel to follow when communicating 
with  customers,  customer’s  agents,  attorneys  and  other  parties  during  our  recovery  efforts.  This  includes 
approving all written communications to account debtors.  In addition, our Office of General Counsel regularly 
researches,  and  provides  collections  personnel  and  our  training  department  with  summaries  and  updates  of 
changes  in,  federal  and  state  statutes  and  relevant  case  law,  so  that  they  are  aware  of  and  in  compliance  with 
changing laws and judicial decisions when skip-tracing or collecting accounts. 

Regulation 

Federal  and  state  statutes  establish  specific  guidelines  and  procedures  which  debt  collectors  must  follow 
when collecting consumer accounts. It is our policy to comply with the provisions of all applicable federal laws 
and comparable state statutes in all of our recovery activities. Our failure to comply with these laws could have a 
material  adverse  effect  on  us  in  the  event  and  to  the  extent  that  they  apply  to  some  or  all  of  our  recovery 
activities.  Federal  and  state  consumer  protection,  privacy  and  related laws and regulations extensively regulate 
the  relationship  between  debt  collectors  and  debtors,  and  the  relationship  between  customers  and  credit  card 
issuers.  Significant  federal  laws  and  regulations  applicable  to  our  business  as  a  debt  collector  include  the 
following: 

• Fair Debt Collection Practices Act.  This act imposes certain obligations and restrictions on the practices of 
debt collectors, including specific restrictions regarding communications with consumer customers, including the 
time, place and manner of the communications. This act also gives consumers certain rights, including the right 
to  dispute  the  validity  of  their  obligations  and  a  right  to  sue  debt  collectors  who  fail  to  comply  with  its 
provisions, including the right to recover their attorney fees. 

• Fair Credit Reporting Act.  This act places certain requirements on credit information providers regarding 
the verification of the accuracy of information provided to credit reporting agencies and investigating consumer 
disputes  concerning  the  accuracy  of such  information.  We  provide  information  concerning our accounts to the 
three major credit reporting agencies, and it is our practice to correctly report this information and to investigate 
credit reporting disputes. The Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act amended the Fair Credit Reporting Act 
to include additional duties applicable to data furnishers with respect to information in the consumer’s credit file 
that the consumer identifies as resulting from identity theft, and requires that data furnishers have procedures in 
place to prevent such information from being furnished to credit reporting agencies.  

 •  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act.    This  act  requires  that  certain  financial  institutions,  including  collection 
agencies, develop policies to protect the privacy of consumers’ private financial information and provide notices 
to consumers advising them of their privacy policies. This act also requires that if private personal information 
concerning a consumer is shared with another unrelated institution, the consumer must be given an opportunity to 
opt out of having such information shared. Since we do not share consumer information with non-related entities, 
except as required by law, or except as needed to collect on the receivables, our consumers are not entitled to any 

15

 
 
 
 
 
opt-out rights under this act. This act is enforced by the Federal Trade Commission, which has retained exclusive 
jurisdiction over its enforcement, and does not afford a private cause of action to consumers who may wish to 
pursue legal action against a financial institution for violations of this act. 

•  Electronic  Funds  Transfer  Act.    This  act  regulates  the  use  of  the  Automated  Clearing  House  ("ACH") 
system  to  make  electronic  funds  transfers.    All  ACH  transactions  must  comply  with  the  rules  of  the  National 
Automated Check Clearing House Association ("NACHA") and Uniform Commercial Code § 3-402.  This act, 
the  NACHA  regulations  and  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code  give  the  consumer,  among  other  things,  certain 
privacy rights with respect to the transactions, the right to stop payments on a pre-approved fund transfer, and the 
right to receive certain documentation of the transaction.  This act also gives consumers a right to sue institutions 
which cause financial damages as a result of their failure to comply with its provisions. 

• Telephone Consumer Protection Act.  In the process of collecting accounts, we use automated predictive 
dialers  and  pre-recorded  messages  to  communicate  with  our  consumers.  This  act  and  similar  state  laws  place 
certain restrictions on telemarketers and users of automated dialing equipment and pre-recorded messages who 
place telephone calls to consumers. 

•  Servicemembers  Civil  Relief  Act.    The  Soldiers’  and  Sailors’  Civil  Relief  Act  of  1940  was  amended  in 
December  2003  as  the  Servicemembers  Civil  Relief  Act  (“SCRA”).  The  SCRA  gives  U.S.  military  service 
personnel relief from credit obligations they may have incurred prior to entering military service, and may also 
apply in certain circumstances to obligations and liabilities incurred by a servicemember while serving on active 
duty.  The  SCRA  prohibits  creditors  from  taking  specified  actions  to  collect  the  defaulted  accounts  of 
servicemembers. The SCRA impacts many different types of credit obligations, including installment contracts 
and court proceedings, and tolls the statute of limitations during the time that the servicemember is engaged in 
active  military  service.  The  SCRA  also  places  a  cap  on  interest  bearing  obligations  of  servicemembers  to  an 
amount not greater than 6% per year, inclusive of all related charges and fees. 

• Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act.  The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability 
Act  (“HIPAA”)  provides  standards  to  protect  the  confidentiality  of  patients’  personal  healthcare  and  financial 
information.  Pursuant  to  HIPAA,  business  associates  of  health  care  providers,  such  as  agencies  which  collect 
healthcare receivables, must comply with certain privacy and security standards established by HIPAA to ensure 
that the information provided will be safeguarded from misuse.  This act is enforced by the Department of Health 
and Human Services and does not afford a private cause of action to consumers who may wish to pursue legal 
action against an institution for violations of this act. 

• U.S. Bankruptcy Code.  In order to prevent any collection activity with bankrupt debtors by creditors and 
collection agencies, the U.S. Bankruptcy Code provides for an automatic stay, which prohibits certain contacts 
with consumers after the filing of bankruptcy petitions.  The U.S. Bankruptcy Code also dictates what types of 
claims will or will not be allowed in a bankruptcy proceeding and how such claims may be discharged. 

Additionally, there are some state statutes and regulations comparable to the above federal laws, and specific 
licensing requirements which affect our operations. State laws may also limit credit account interest rates and the 
fees,  as  well  as  limit  the  time  frame  in  which  judicial  actions  may  be  initiated  to  enforce  the  collection  of 
consumer accounts.  

Although  we  are  not  a  credit  originator,  some  of  these  laws  directed  toward  credit  originators  may 
occasionally  affect  our  operations  because  our  receivables  were  originated  through  credit  transactions,  such  as 
the following laws, which apply principally to credit originators: 

• Truth in Lending Act;  

• Fair Credit Billing Act; and  

• Equal Credit Opportunity Act.  

Federal laws which regulate credit originators require, among other things, that credit card issuers disclose to 
consumers the interest rates, fees, grace periods and balance calculation methods associated with their credit card 
accounts.  Consumers  are  entitled  under  current  laws  to  have  payments  and  credits  applied  to  their  accounts 

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
promptly, to receive prescribed notices and to require billing errors to be resolved promptly. Some laws prohibit 
discriminatory practices in connection with the extension of credit. Federal statutes further provide that, in some 
cases, consumers cannot be held liable for, or their liability is limited with respect to, charges to the credit card 
account  that  were  a  result  of  an  unauthorized  use  of  the  credit  card.  These  laws,  among  others,  may  give 
consumers a legal cause of action against us, or may limit our ability to recover amounts owing with respect to 
the receivables, whether or not we committed any wrongful act or omission in connection with the account. If the 
credit originator fails to comply with applicable statutes, rules and regulations, it could create claims and rights 
for consumers that could reduce or eliminate their obligations to repay the account and have a possible material 
adverse effect on us. 

Accordingly,  when  we  acquire  defaulted  consumer  receivables,  typically  we  contractually  require  credit 
originators to indemnify us against any losses caused by their failure to comply with applicable statutes, rules and 
regulations relating to the receivables before they are sold to us.  

The U.S. Congress and several states have enacted legislation concerning identity theft. Additional consumer 
protection  and  privacy  protection  laws  may  be  enacted  that  would  impose  additional  requirements  on  the 
enforcement of and recovery on consumer credit card or installment accounts. Any new laws, rules or regulations 
that may be adopted, as well as existing consumer protection and privacy protection laws, may adversely affect 
our ability to recover the receivables. In addition, our failure to comply with these requirements could adversely 
affect our ability to enforce the receivables.  

We  cannot  assure  you  that  some  of  the  receivables  were  not  established  as  a  result  of  identity  theft  or 
unauthorized use of a credit card and, accordingly, we could not recover the amount of the defaulted consumer 
receivables. As a purchaser of defaulted consumer receivables, we may acquire receivables subject to legitimate 
defenses  on  the  part  of  the  consumer.  Typically  our  account  purchase  contracts  allow  us  to  return  to  the  debt 
owners certain defaulted consumer receivables that may not be collectible, due to these and other circumstances. 
Upon return, the debt owners are required to replace the receivables with similar receivables or repurchase the 
receivables. These provisions limit to some extent our losses on such accounts. 

In addition to our obligation to comply with applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, we are 
also obligated to comply with judicial decisions reached in court cases involving legislation passed by any such 
governmental bodies. 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors. 

To the extent not described elsewhere in this Annual Report, the following are risks related to our business. 

A deterioration in the economic or inflationary environment in the United States may have an adverse effect on 
our collections, results of operations, revenue and stock price 

Our performance may be affected by economic or inflationary conditions in the United States. If the United 
States economy deteriorates or if there is a significant rise in inflation, personal bankruptcy filings may increase, 
and the ability of consumers to pay their debts could be adversely affected. This may in turn adversely impact our 
financial condition, results of operations, revenue and stock price. Other factors associated with the economy that 
could influence our performance include the financial stability of the lenders on our line of credit, our access to 
credit, and financial factors affecting consumers.  

The  recent  financial  turmoil  affecting  the  banking  system  and  financial markets  and  the  possibility  that 
financial  institutions  may  consolidate,  go  out  of  business  or  be  taken  over  by  the  federal  government  have 
resulted  in  a  tightening  in  credit markets.  There could  be  a  number  of  follow-on  effects  from  the  credit  crisis 
and/or the federal government’s response to the credit crisis on our business, including a decrease in the value of 
our  financial  investments,  the  insolvency  of  lending  institutions,  including  the  lenders  on  our  line  of  credit, 
resulting  in our  inability  to  obtain  credit  and  the  inability  of  our  customers  to  obtain  credit  to  re-finance their 
obligations  with  us.    These  and  other  economic  factors  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial 
condition and results of operations. 

17

 
 
       
 
 
 
 
We  may  not  be  able  to  purchase  defaulted  consumer  receivables  at  appropriate  prices,  and  a  decrease  in  our 
ability to purchase portfolios of receivables could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue  

If we are unable to purchase defaulted receivables from debt owners at appropriate prices, or one or more 
debt owners stop selling defaulted receivables to us, we could lose a potential source of income and our business 
may be harmed.  

The  availability  of  receivables  portfolios  at  prices  which  generate an appropriate return on our investment 

depends on a number of factors both within and outside of our control, including the following:  

• the continuation of current growth trends in the levels of consumer obligations; 

• sales of receivables portfolios by debt owners; and 

• competitive factors affecting potential purchasers and credit originators of receivables. 

Because of the length of time involved in collecting defaulted consumer receivables on acquired portfolios 
and the volatility in the timing of our collections, we may not be able to identify trends and make changes in our 
purchasing strategies in a timely manner. 

We  may  be  unable  to  obtain  account  documents  for  some  of  the  accounts  that  we  purchase.   Our  inability  to 
provide  account  documents  may  negatively  impact  the  liquidation  rate  on  such  accounts  that  are  subject  to 
judicial  collections,  or  located  in  states  in  which,  by  law,  no  collection  activity  may  proceed  without  account 
documents   

When  we  collect accounts  judicially,  courts in  certain  jurisdictions  require  that a  copy  of  the  account 
statements or applications be attached to the pleadings in order to obtain a judgment against the account debtors.  
If  we  are  unable  to  produce account  documents,  these  courts  will  deny  our  claims. Additionally,  our  ability  to 
collect non-judicially may be impacted by state laws which require that certain types of account documentation 
be in our possession prior to the institution of any collection activities. 

We may not be able to collect sufficient amounts on our defaulted consumer receivables to fund our operations  

Our business primarily consists of acquiring and servicing receivables that consumers have failed to pay and 
that  the  credit  originator  has  deemed  uncollectible  and  has  generally  charged-off.    The  debt  owners  generally 
make  numerous  attempts  to  recover  on  their  defaulted  consumer  receivables,  often  using  a  combination  of  in-
house recovery efforts and third-party collection agencies.  These defaulted consumer receivables are difficult to 
collect  and  we  may  not  collect  a  sufficient  amount  to  cover  our  investment  associated  with  purchasing  the 
defaulted consumer receivables and the costs of running our business.  

Our work force could become unionized in the future, which could adversely affect the stability of our production 
and increase our costs  

Currently, none of our employees are represented by unions.  However, our employees have the right at any 
time under the National Labor Relations Act to form or affiliate with a union.  If some or all of our workforce 
were to become unionized and the terms of the collective bargaining agreement were significantly different from 
our current compensation arrangements, it could adversely affect the stability of our work force and increase our 
costs.   In  2007,  the  Employee  Free  Choice  Act  H.R. 800  ("EFCA")  was  passed  in  the  U.S. House  of 
Representatives,  and  currently  remains  in  the Senate.  The EFCA aims to amend the National Labor Relations 
Act, by making it easier for workers to organize unions and increasing the penalties employers may incur if they 
engage in labor practices in violation of the National Labor Relations Act.  The EFCA adds additional remedies 
for  such  violations,  including  back  pay  plus  liquidated  damages  and  civil  penalties  to  be  determined  by  the 
National  Labor  Relations  Board  not  to  exceed  $20,000  per  infraction.    This  bill  or  a  variation  of  it  could  be 
enacted in the future and could have an adverse impact on our operations.  

18

 
 
We  experience  high  employee  turnover  rates  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  hire  and  retain  enough  sufficiently 
trained employees to support our operations  

The accounts receivables management industry is very labor intensive and, similar to other companies in our 
industry,  we  typically  experience  a  high  rate  of  employee  turnover.    Our  annual  turnover  rate  in  our  collector 
workforce, excluding those employees that do not complete our multi-week training program was 57% in 2009.  
We compete for qualified personnel with companies in our industry and in other industries.  Our growth requires 
that we continually hire and train new collectors.  A higher turnover rate among our collectors will increase our 
recruiting  and  training  costs  and  limit  the  number  of  experienced  collection  personnel  available  to  service  our 
defaulted consumer receivables.  If this were to occur, we would not be able to service our defaulted consumer 
receivables effectively and this would reduce our ability to continue our growth and operate profitability.  

We serve markets that are highly competitive, and we may be unable to compete with businesses that may have 
greater resources than we have 

We face competition in both of the markets we serve — owned portfolio and fee based accounts receivable 
management — from new and existing providers of outsourced receivables management services, including other 
purchasers of defaulted consumer receivables portfolios, third-party contingent fee collection agencies and debt 
owners  that  manage  their  own  defaulted  consumer  receivables  rather  than  outsourcing  them.  The  accounts 
receivable  management  industry  is  highly  fragmented  and  competitive,  consisting  of  approximately  6,500 
consumer and commercial agencies, most of which compete in the contingent fee business.  

We face bidding competition in our acquisition of defaulted consumer receivables and in our placement of 
fee  based  receivables,  and  we  also  compete  on  the  basis  of  reputation,  industry  experience  and  performance.  
Some  of  our  current  competitors  and  possible  new  competitors  may  have  substantially  greater  financial, 
personnel and other resources, greater adaptability to changing market needs, longer operating histories and more 
established relationships in our industry than we currently have.  In the future, we may not have the resources or 
ability  to  compete  successfully.    As  there  are  few  significant  barriers  for  entry  to  new  providers  of  fee  based 
receivables  management  services,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  additional  competitors  with  greater  resources 
than ours will not enter the market.  Moreover, there can be no assurance that our existing or potential clients will 
continue to outsource their defaulted consumer receivables at recent levels or at all, or that we may continue to 
offer competitive bids for defaulted consumer receivables portfolios.  If we are unable to develop and expand our 
business or adapt to changing market needs as well as our current or future competitors are able to do, we may 
experience  reduced  access  to  defaulted  consumer  receivables  portfolios  at  appropriate  prices  and  reduced 
profitability.  

We may not be successful at acquiring receivables of new asset types or in implementing a new pricing structure  

We  may  pursue  the  acquisition  of  receivables  portfolios  of  asset  types  in  which  we  have  little  current 
experience.  We may not be successful in completing any acquisitions of receivables of these asset types and our 
limited experience in these asset types may impair our ability to collect on these receivables.  This may cause us 
to  pay  too  much  for  these  receivables  and  consequently,  we  may  not  generate  a  profit  from  these  receivables 
portfolio acquisitions.  

In addition, we may in the future provide a service to debt owners in which debt owners will place consumer 
receivables with us for a specific period of time for a flat fee.  This fee may be based on the number of collectors 
assigned to the collection of these receivables, the amount of receivables placed or other bases.  We may not be 
successful in determining and implementing the appropriate pricing for this pricing structure, which may cause 
us to be unable to generate a profit from this business.  

Our collections may decrease if certain types of bankruptcy filings involving liquidations increase  

Various economic trends and potential changes to existing legislation may contribute to an increase in the 
amount of personal bankruptcy filings.  Under certain bankruptcy filings a debtor’s assets may be sold to repay 
creditors, but since the defaulted consumer receivables we service are generally unsecured we often would not be 
able to collect on those receivables.  We cannot ensure that our collection experience would not decline with an 
increase  in  personal  bankruptcy  filings  or  a  change  in  bankruptcy  regulations  or  practices.    If  our  actual 

19

 
 
collection experience with respect to a defaulted bankrupt consumer receivables portfolio is significantly lower 
than  we  projected  when  we  purchased  the  portfolio,  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could 
deteriorate.  

We may make acquisitions that prove unsuccessful or strain or divert our resources  

We intend to consider acquisitions of other companies in our industry that could complement our business, 
including the acquisition of entities offering greater access and expertise in other asset types and markets that are 
related but that we do not currently serve.  If we do acquire other businesses, we may not be able to successfully 
integrate these businesses with our own and we may be unable to maintain our standards, controls and policies.  
Further,  acquisitions  may  place  additional  constraints  on  our  resources  by  diverting  the  attention  of  our 
management from other business concerns.  Through acquisitions, we may enter markets in which we have no or 
limited experience.  Moreover, any acquisition may result in a potentially dilutive issuance of equity securities or 
may  result  in  the  incurrence  of  additional  debt  and  amortization  expenses  of  related  intangible  assets,  which 
could reduce our profitability and harm our business.  

The loss of IGS, RDS or MuniServices customers could negatively affect our operations  

With respect to the acquisitions of IGS, RDS and MuniServices, a significant portion of the valuation was 
tied  to  existing  client  and  customer  relationships.    Our  customers,  in  general,  may  terminate  their  relationship 
with  us  on  90 days’  prior  notice.  In  the  event  a  customer  or  customers  terminate  or  significantly  cut  back  any 
relationship with us, it could reduce our profitability and harm our business and could potentially give rise to an 
impairment  charge  related  to  an  intangible  asset  specifically  ascribed  to  existing  client  and  customer 
relationships. 

We  may  not  be  able  to  continually  replace  our  defaulted  consumer  receivables  with  additional  receivables 
portfolios sufficient to operate efficiently and profitably  

To  operate  profitably,  we  must  continually  acquire  and  service  a  sufficient  amount  of  defaulted  consumer 
receivables to generate revenue that exceeds our expenses.  Fixed costs such as salaries and lease or other facility 
costs  constitute  a  significant  portion  of  our  overhead  and,  if  we  do  not  continually  replace  the  defaulted 
consumer receivables portfolios we service with additional portfolios, we may have to reduce the number of our 
collection personnel.  We would then have to rehire collection staff as we obtain additional defaulted consumer 
receivables portfolios. These practices could lead to:  

• low employee morale; 

• fewer experienced employees; 

• higher training costs; 

• disruptions in our operations; 

• loss of efficiency; and 

• excess costs associated with unused space in our facilities. 

Furthermore,  heightened  regulation  of  the  credit  card  and  consumer  lending  industry  or  changing  credit 
origination strategies may result in decreased availability of credit to consumers, potentially leading to a future 
reduction in defaulted consumer receivables available for purchase from debt owners.  We cannot predict how 
our ability to identify and purchase receivables and the quality of those receivables would be affected if there is a 
shift  in  consumer  lending  practices,  whether  caused  by  changes  in  the  regulations  or  accounting  practices 
applicable to debt owners, a sustained economic downturn or otherwise. 

20

 
 
We may not be able to manage our growth effectively  

We have expanded significantly since our formation and we intend to maintain our growth focus.  However, 
our growth will place additional demands on our resources and we cannot ensure that we will be able to manage 
our growth effectively.  In order to successfully manage our growth, we may need to:  

• expand and enhance our administrative infrastructure; 

• continue to improve our management, financial and information systems and controls; and 

• recruit, train, manage and retain our employees effectively. 

Continued growth could place a strain on our management, operations and financial resources.  We cannot 
ensure  that  our  infrastructure,  facilities  and  personnel  will  be  adequate  to  support  our  future  operations  or  to 
effectively adapt to future growth.  If we cannot manage our growth effectively, our results of operations may be 
adversely affected.  

Our operations could suffer from telecommunications or technology downtime or increased costs  

Our  success  depends  in  large  part  on  sophisticated  telecommunications  and  computer  systems.    The 
temporary or permanent loss of our computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems, through 
casualty or operating malfunction, could disrupt our operations.  In the normal course of our business, we must 
record  and  process  significant  amounts  of  data  quickly  and  accurately  to  access,  maintain  and  expand  the 
databases we use for our collection activities.  Any failure of our information systems or software and our backup 
systems would interrupt our business operations and harm our business.  Our headquarters are located in a region 
that  is  susceptible  to  hurricane  damage,  which  may  increase  the  risk  of  disruption  of  information  systems  and 
telephone service for sustained periods.  

Further,  our  business  depends  heavily  on  services  provided  by  various  local  and  long  distance  telephone 
companies.  A significant increase in telephone service costs or any significant interruption in telephone services 
could reduce our profitability or disrupt our operations and harm our business.  

We may not be able to successfully anticipate, manage or adopt technological advances within our industry  

Our  business  relies  on  computer  and  telecommunications  technologies  and  our  ability  to  integrate  these 
technologies  into  our  business  is  essential  to  our  competitive  position  and  our  success.    Computer  and 
telecommunications  technologies  are  evolving  rapidly  and  are  characterized  by  short  product  life  cycles.    We 
may  not  be  successful  in  anticipating,  managing  or  adopting  technological  changes  on  a  timely  basis,  which 
could reduce our profitability or disrupt our operations and harm our business. 

While  we  believe  that  our  existing  information  systems  are  sufficient  to  meet  our  current  demands  and 
continued  expansion,  our  future  growth  may  require  additional  investment  in  these  systems.    We  depend  on 
having the capital resources necessary to invest in new technologies to acquire and service defaulted consumer 
receivables.  We cannot ensure that adequate capital resources will be available to us at the appropriate time.  

Our  senior  management  team  is  important  to  our  continued  success  and  the  loss  of  one  or  more  members  of 
senior management could negatively affect our operations  

The  loss  of  the  services  of  one  or  more  of  our  key  executive  officers  or  key  employees  could  disrupt  our 
operations.  We have employment agreements with Steve Fredrickson, our president, chief executive officer and 
chairman  of  our  board  of  directors,  Kevin  Stevenson,  our  executive  vice  president  and  chief  financial  and 
administrative officer, Craig Grube, our executive vice president of portfolio acquisitions, and most of our other 
senior  executives.    The  current  agreements  contain  non-compete  provisions  that  survive  termination  of 
employment.  However, these agreements do not and will not assure the continued services of these officers and 
we  cannot  ensure  that  the  non-compete  provisions  will  be  enforceable.  Our  success  depends  on  the  continued 
service  and  performance  of  our  key  executive  officers,  and  we  cannot  guarantee  that  we  will  be  able  to  retain 
those individuals.  The loss of the services of Mr. Fredrickson, Mr. Stevenson, Mr. Grube or other key executive 
21

 
 
officers could seriously impair our ability to continue to acquire or collect on defaulted consumer receivables and 
to  manage  and  expand  our  business.    Under  one  of  our  credit  agreements,  if  both  Mr. Fredrickson  and 
Mr. Stevenson  cease  to  be  president  and  chief  financial  and  administrative  officer,  respectively,  it  would 
constitute a default.  

Our ability to recover and enforce our defaulted consumer receivables may be limited under federal and state 
laws  

The businesses conducted by the Company’s operating subsidiaries are subject to licensing and regulation by 
governmental and regulatory bodies in the many jurisdictions in which the Company operates and conducts its 
business. Federal and state laws may limit our ability to recover and enforce our defaulted consumer receivables 
regardless  of  any  act  or  omission  on  our  part.   Some  laws  and  regulations  applicable  to  credit  issuers  may 
preclude us from collecting on defaulted consumer receivables we purchase if the credit issuer previously failed 
to comply with applicable laws in generating or servicing those receivables.  Collection laws and regulations also 
directly  apply  to  our  business.   Such  laws  and  regulations  are  extensive  and  subject  to  change.  Additional 
consumer protection and privacy protection laws may be enacted that would impose additional requirements on 
the enforcement of and collection on consumer credit receivables.  Any new laws, rules or regulations that may 
be adopted, as well as existing consumer protection and privacy protection laws, may adversely affect our ability 
to  collect  on  our  defaulted  consumer  receivables  and  may  harm  our  business.   In  addition,  federal  and  state 
governmental  bodies  are  considering,  and  may  consider  in  the  future,  legislative proposals that would regulate 
the collection of our defaulted consumer receivables.   Further, tax law changes such as Internal Revenue Code 
Section  6050P  (requiring  1099-C returns  to  be  filed  on  discharge  of  indebtedness  in  excess  of  $600)  could 
negatively impact our ability to collect or cause us to incur additional expenses.  Although we cannot predict if or 
how any future legislation would impact our business, our failure to comply with any current or future laws or 
regulations applicable to us could limit our ability to collect on our defaulted consumer receivables, which could 
reduce our profitability and harm our business.  

Our  ability  to  recover  on  portfolios  of  bankrupt  consumer  receivables  may  be  impacted  by  changes  in  federal 
laws or changes in the administrative practices of the various bankruptcy courts 

We  recover  on  consumer  receivables  that  have  filed  for  bankruptcy  protection  under  available  U.S. 
bankruptcy  laws.    We  recover  on  consumer  receivables  that  have  filed  for  bankruptcy  protection  after  we 
acquired  them,  and  we  also  purchase  accounts  that  are  currently  in  bankruptcy  proceedings.    Our  ability  to 
recover  on  portfolios  of  bankruptcy  consumer  receivables  may  be  impacted  by  changes  in  federal  laws  or 
changes in administrative practices of the various bankruptcy courts.       

 We are subject to examinations and challenges by tax authorities 

Our industry is relatively unique and as a result there is not a set of well defined laws or regulations for us to 
follow that match our particular facts and circumstances for some tax positions. Therefore, certain tax positions 
we  take  are  based  on  industry  practice,  tax  advice  and  drawing  similarities  of  our  facts  and  circumstances  to 
those  in  case  law.  These  tax  positions  may  relate  to  tax  compliance,  sales  and  use,  franchise,  gross  receipts, 
payroll,  property  and  income  tax  issues,  including  tax  base  and  apportionment.  Challenges  made  by  tax 
authorities to our application of tax rules may result in adjustments to the timing or amount of taxable income or 
deductions  or  the  allocation  of  income  among  tax  jurisdictions,  as  well  as,  inconsistent  positions  between 
different jurisdictions on similar matters. If any such challenges are made and are not resolved in our favor, they 
could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and result of operations. 

We  utilize  the  interest  method  of  revenue  recognition  for  determining  our  income  recognized  on  finance 
receivables, which is based on an analysis of projected cash flows that may prove to be less than anticipated and 
could lead to reductions in future revenues or increases in valuation allowance  charges  

We utilize the interest method to determine income recognized on finance receivables.  Under this method, 
static pools of receivables we acquire are modeled upon their projected cash flows.  A yield is then established 
which, when applied to the unamortized purchase price of the receivables, results in the recognition of income at 
a constant yield relative to the remaining balance in the pool of defaulted consumer receivables.  Each static pool 
is analyzed monthly to assess the actual performance compared to that expected by the model.  If the accuracy of 

22

 
 
 
the modeling process deteriorates or there is a decline in anticipated cash flows, we would suffer reductions in 
future  revenues  or  a  decline  in  the  carrying  value  of  our  receivables  portfolios  from  increases  in  valuation 
allowance  charges,  which  in  any  case  would  result  in  lower  earnings  in  future  periods  and  could  negatively 
impact our stock price. 

We  may  be  required  to  incur  valuation  allowance  charges  under  the  guidance  of  Financial  Accounting 
Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  310-30  “Loans  and  Debt  Securities 
Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality” (“ASC 310-30”)  

ASC 310-30 provides guidance on accounting for differences between contractual and expected cash flows 
from  an  investor’s  initial  investment  in  loans  or  debt  securities  acquired  in  a  transfer  if  those  differences  are 
attributable, at least in part, to credit quality.  Under ASC 310-30, static pools of accounts may be established.  
These pools are aggregated based on certain common risk criteria.  Each static pool is recorded at cost, which 
includes  certain  direct  costs  of  acquisition  paid  to  third  parties,  and  is  accounted  for  as  a  single  unit  for  the 
recognition  of  income,  principal  payments  and  loss  provision.    Once  a  static  pool  is  established  for  a  quarter, 
individual receivable accounts are not added to the pool (unless replaced by the seller) or removed from the pool 
(unless sold or returned to the seller).  ASC 310-30 requires that the excess of the contractual cash flows over 
expected cash flows not be recognized as an adjustment of revenue or expense or on the balance sheet. ASC 310-
30  initially  freezes  the  internal  rate  of  return,  referred  to  as  IRR,  estimated  when  the  accounts  receivable  are 
purchased as the basis for subsequent impairment testing.  Significant increases in actual, or expected future cash 
flows may be recognized prospectively through an upward adjustment of the IRR over a portfolio’s remaining 
life. Any increase to the IRR then becomes the new benchmark for impairment testing.  Effective for fiscal years 
beginning after December 15, 2004 under ASC 310-30, rather than lowering the estimated IRR if the collection 
estimates are not received or projected to be received (as was permitted under the prior accounting guidance), the 
carrying value of a pool would be written down to maintain the then current IRR and is shown as a reduction in 
revenue  in  the  consolidated  income  statements  with  a  corresponding  valuation  allowance  offsetting  finance 
receivables, net, on the consolidated balance sheet.  Historically, under the guidance of ASC 310-30, for loans 
acquired prior to January 1, 2005, we have moved yields upward and downward as appropriate.  However, under 
ASC 310-30, for loans acquired after January 1, 2005, guidance does not permit yields to be lowered which will 
increase the probability of us having to incur valuation allowance charges in the future, which could reduce our 
profitability in a given period and could negatively impact our stock price. 

We incur increased costs as a result of enacted and proposed changes in laws and regulations  

Enacted  and  proposed  changes  in  the  laws  and  regulations  affecting  public  companies,  including  the 
provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and rules proposed by the SEC and by the NASDAQ Global Stock 
Market, have resulted in increased costs to us as we implement their requirements. We continue to evaluate and 
monitor developments with respect to new and proposed rules and cannot predict or estimate the amount of the 
additional costs we will incur or the timing of such costs. 

The  continued  future  impact  on  us  of  Section 404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  and  the  rules  and 
regulations promulgated thereunder is unclear 

As  directed  by  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  the  SEC  adopted  rules  requiring  public 
companies to include a report by management on the company’s internal control over financial reporting in their 
annual  reports  on  Form 10-K.  This  report  is  required  to  contain  an  assessment  by  management  of  the 
effectiveness of such company’s internal controls over financial reporting. In addition, the public accounting firm 
auditing  a  public  company’s  financial  statements  must  report  on  the  effectiveness  of  the  company’s  internal 
controls over financial reporting. In the future, if we are unable to continue to comply with the requirements of 
Section 404  in  a  timely  manner,  it  could  result  in  an  adverse  reaction  in  the  financial  markets  due  to  a  loss  of 
confidence in the reliability of our internal controls over financial reporting, which could cause the market price 
of our common stock to decline and make it more difficult for us to finance our operations. 

The market price of our shares of common stock could fluctuate significantly  

Wide fluctuations in the trading price or volume of our shares of common stock could be caused by many 
factors, including factors relating to our company or to investor perception of our company (including changes in 

23

 
 
 
 
financial estimates and recommendations by research analysts), but also factors relating to (or relating to investor 
perception of) the accounts receivable management industry or the economy in general.  

We may not be able to retain, renegotiate or replace our existing credit facility 

If we are unable to retain, renegotiate or replace such facility, our growth could be adversely affected, which 

could negatively impact our business operations and the price of our common stock. 

We may not be able to continue to satisfy the restrictive covenants in our debt agreements 

All of our receivable portfolios are pledged to secure amounts owed to our lenders. Our debt agreements 
impose  a  number  of  restrictive  covenants  on  how  we  operate  our  business.  Failure  to  satisfy  any  one  of  these 
covenants could result in all or any of the following consequences, each of which could have a materially adverse 
effect on our ability to conduct business:  

•    acceleration of outstanding indebtedness;  

•    our inability to continue to purchase receivables needed to operate our business; or  

•    our inability to secure alternative financing on favorable terms, if at all.  

Our  hedging  strategies  may  not  be  successful  in  mitigating  our  risks  associated  with  changes  in  interest  rates 
and could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, as could our failure to comply with 
hedge accounting principles and interpretations 

We  entered  into  an  interest  rate swap  transaction  in  December  2008  to  mitigate  our  interest  rate  risk  on  a 
portion  of  our  credit  facility.  Our  hedging strategies rely on assumptions and projections. If these assumptions 
and projections prove to be incorrect or our hedges do not adequately mitigate the impact of changes in interest 
rates,  we  may  experience  volatility  in  our  earnings  that  could  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and 
financial condition. 

In addition, hedge accounting in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” requires 
the  application  of  significant  subjective  judgments  to  a  body  of  accounting  concepts  that  is  complex  and  for 
which the interpretations have continued to evolve within the accounting profession and amongst the standard-
setting bodies.  Our failure to comply with hedge accounting principles and interpretations could result in the loss 
of  the  applicability  of  hedge  accounting  which  could  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition. 

Terrorist attacks, war and threats of attacks and war may adversely impact results of operations, revenue, and 
stock price 

Terrorist  attacks,  war  and  the  outcome  of  war  and  threats  of  attacks  may  adversely  affect  our  results  of 
operations, revenue and stock price.  Any or all of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our 
results of operations, revenue and stock price. 

Failure to comply with government regulation of the collections industry could result in the suspension or 
termination of our ability to conduct its business 

The  collections  industry  is  governed  by  various  U.S.  federal  and  state  laws  and  regulations.  Many  states 
require  us  to  be  a  licensed  debt  collector.  The  Federal  Trade  Commission  has  the  authority  to  investigate 
consumer  complaints  against  debt  collection  companies  and  to  recommend  enforcement  actions  and  seek 
monetary penalties.  If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, it could result in the suspension, 
or termination of our ability to conduct collections which would materially adversely affect us.  In addition, new 
federal and state laws or regulations or changes in the ways these rules or laws are interpreted or enforced could 
limit our activities in the future or significantly increase the cost of compliance. 

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in governmental laws and regulations could increase our costs and liabilities or impact our operations  

Changes  in  laws  and  regulations  and  the  manner  in  which  they  are  interpreted  or  applied  may  alter  our 
business  environment.  This  could  affect  our  results  of  operations  or  increase  our  liabilities.  These  negative 
impacts  could  result  from  changes  in  collection  laws,  laws  related  to  credit  reporting,  consumer  bankruptcy, 
accounting  standards,  taxation  requirements,  employment  laws  and  communications  laws,  among  others.  It  is 
possible that we could become subject to additional liabilities in the future resulting from changes in laws and 
regulations  that  could  result  in  an  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  
Specifically,  we  know  that  both  federal  and  state  governments  are  currently  reviewing  existing  law  related  to 
debt  collection,  in  order  to  determine  if  any  changes  are  needed.   In  connection  therewith,  on  December 16, 
2009,  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  issued  an  order  to  the  nation’s  nine  largest  debt  buyers,  including  us,  to 
submit  information  about current  practices  in  relation  to  buying  and  collecting  consumer  debt,  which  the  FTC 
intends  to  use  for  a  study  of  the  debt-buying  industry.   We  intend  to  work  closely  with  with  the  FTC  in 
connection with its study, subject to applicable law.  

Our  certificate  of  incorporation,  by-laws  and  Delaware  law  contain  provisions  that  may  prevent  or  delay  a 
change of control or that may otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders  

Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws contain provisions that may make it more difficult, expensive or 
otherwise  discourage  a  tender  offer  or  a  change  in  control  or takeover attempt by a third-party, even if such a 
transaction  would  be  beneficial  to  our  stockholders.  The  existence  of  these  provisions  may  have  a  negative 
impact  on  the  price  of  our  common  stock  by  discouraging  third-party  investors  from  purchasing  our  common 
stock. In particular, our certificate of incorporation and by-laws include provisions that:  

•   classify our board of directors into three groups, each of which will serve for staggered three-year terms; 

•   permit a majority of the stockholders to remove our directors only for cause; 

•   permit our directors, and not our stockholders, to fill vacancies on our board of directors;  

•   require stockholders to give us advance notice to nominate candidates for election to our board of directors

or to make stockholder proposals at a stockholders’ meeting; 

•   permit a special meeting of our stockholders be called only by approval of a majority of the directors, the
chairman  of  the  board  of  directors,  the  chief  executive  officer,  the  president  or  the  written  request  of 
holders owning at least 30% of our common stock; 

•   permit  our  board  of  directors  to  issue,  without  approval  of  our  stockholders,  preferred  stock  with  such

terms as our board of directors may determine; 

•   permit the authorized number of directors to be changed only by a resolution of the board of directors; and 

•   require the vote of the holders of a majority of our voting shares for stockholder amendments to our by-

laws.  

In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law which provides certain 
restrictions on business combinations between us and any party acquiring a 15% or greater interest in our voting 
stock other than in a transaction approved by our board of directors and, in certain cases, by our stockholders. 
These  provisions  of  our  certificate  of  incorporation  and  by-laws  and  Delaware  law  could  delay  or  prevent  a 
change in control, even if our stockholders support such proposals. Moreover, these provisions could diminish 
the opportunities for stockholders to participate in certain tender offers, including tender offers at prices above 
the  then-current  market  value  of  our  common  stock,  and  may  also  inhibit  increases  in  the  trading  price  of  our 
common stock that could result from takeover attempts or speculation. 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments. 

None. 

25

 
 
       
 
       
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Item 2.  Properties. 

Our principal executive offices and primary operations facility are located in approximately 100,000 square 
feet  of  leased  space  in  three  adjacent  buildings  in  Norfolk,  Virginia.  This  site  can  currently  accommodate 
approximately  1,000  employees.    We  own  a  two-acre  parcel  of  land  across  from  our  headquarters  which  we 
developed into a parking lot for use by our employees.    

 We own an approximately 22,000 square foot facility in Hutchinson, Kansas, comprised of two buildings, 
and  contiguous  parcels  of  land  which  are  used  primarily  for  employee  parking.    The  Hutchinson  site  can 
currently accommodate approximately 250 employees.   

We  lease  a  facility  located  in  approximately  23,000  square  feet  of  space  in  Hampton,  Virginia  which  can 
accommodate  approximately  300  employees.    Renovations  are  underway  to  expand  the  facility  to  a  total  of 
approximately  32,000  square  feet.  When  such  renovations  are  completed,  the  facility  will  accommodate 
approximately 400 employees.  Renovations are expected to be completed during the second quarter of 2010.   

We lease a call center located in Las Vegas, Nevada.  The leased space is approximately 30,000 square feet 

and can accommodate approximately 310 employees. 

We lease a 15,000 square-foot facility in Birmingham, Alabama which can accommodate approximately 160 

employees and approximately 400 square feet of space in Montgomery, Alabama. 

We  lease  a  34,000  square  foot  building  and  a  nine-acre  parcel  of  land  in  Jackson,  Tennessee,  which  the 
Company originally purchased in 2006 and subsequently conveyed to the Industrial Development Board of the 
City of Jackson.  We lease back the property from the Industrial Board under a long term Master Industrial Lease 
Agreement and have the option to re-purchase the property at any time during the term of the lease.  This facility 
can accommodate approximately 430 employees. 

For our MuniServices business, we lease approximately 26,000 square feet of office space in several offices 
around  the  country,  the  majority  of  which  are  located  in  Fresno,  California.    These  offices  can  accommodate 
approximately 140 employees.   

We  lease  a  facility  located  in  approximately  6,000  square  feet  of  space  in  Houston,  Texas  which  can 

accommodate approximately 30 employees.   

We  lease  approximately  6,000  square  feet  of  space  in  Chicago,  Illinois  which  can  accommodate 

approximately 20 employees.  

We do not consider any specific leased or owned facility to be material to our operations.  We believe that 

equally suitable alternative facilities are available in all areas where we currently do business. 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings. 

We are from time to time subject to routine legal claims and proceedings, most of which are incidental to 
the ordinary course of our business.  We initiate lawsuits against consumers and are occasionally countersued by 
them  in  such  actions.   Also,  consumers,  either  individually,  as  members  of  a  class  action,  or  through  a 
governmental entity on behalf of consumers, may initiate litigation against us, in which they allege that we have 
violated  a  state  or  federal  law  in  the  process  of  collecting  on  an  account.   From  time  to  time,  other  types  of 
lawsuits are brought against us.  While it is not expected that these or any other legal proceedings or claims in 
which we are involved will, either individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse impact on our results 
of  operations,  liquidity  or  our  financial  condition,  the  matter  described  below  falls  outside  of  the  normal 
parameters of our routine legal proceedings. 

We  are  currently  a  defendant  in  a  purported  class  action  counterclaim  entitled  PRA  v.  Barkwell,  4:09-cv-
00113-CDL, which was originally filed in the Superior Court of Muscogee County, Georgia.  The counterclaim, 
which was filed against us, the National Arbitration Forum ("NAF") and MBNA America Bank, N.A., on July 
29, 2009, has since been removed to the United States District Court for the Middle District of Georgia, where it 

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
is  currently  pending.   The  counterclaim  alleges  that  in  pursuing  arbitration  claims  against  Barkwell  and  other 
consumer debtors, pursuant to the terms and conditions of their respective cardholder agreements, we breached a 
duty of good faith and fair dealing and made negligent misrepresentations concerning its "arbitration practices."   
The  plaintiffs  are  seeking,  among  other  things,  to  vacate  the  arbitration  awards  that  we  have  obtained  before 
NAF and have us disgorge the amounts collected with respect to such awards.  It is not possible at this time to 
accurately estimate the possible loss, if any.  We believe we have meritorious defenses to the allegations made in 
this counterclaim and intend to defend ourselves vigorously against them. 

We  are  currently  a  defendant  in  a  purported  enforcement  action  brought  by  the  Attorney  General  for  the 
State  of  Missouri  that  is  currently  pending  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  Eastern  District  of 
Missouri.  The action seeks relief for Missouri consumers that have allegedly been injured as a result of certain of 
our collection practices.  It is not possible at this time to estimate the possible loss, if any.  We have vehemently 
denied any wrongdoing herein and believe we have meritorious defenses to each allegation in the complaint. 

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Securityholders. 

None.  

PART II 

Item  5.    Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. 

Price Range of Common Stock 

Our  common  stock  (“Common  Stock”)  began  trading  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Stock  Market  under  the 
symbol “PRAA” on November 8, 2002.  Prior to that time there was no public trading market for our common 
stock.    The  following  table  sets  forth  the  high  and  low  sales  price  for  the  Common  Stock,  as  reported  by  the 
NASDAQ Global Stock Market, for the periods indicated. 

2008 
Quarter ended March 31, 2008 
Quarter ended June 30, 2008 
Quarter ended September 30, 2008 
Quarter ended December 31, 2008 

2009 
Quarter ended March 31, 2009 
Quarter ended June 30, 2009 
Quarter ended September 30, 2009 
Quarter ended December 31, 2009 

High 

$50.50 
$47.75 
$52.73 
$49.49 

$34.89 
$39.52 
$49.01 
$50.50 

Low 

$27.43 
$37.12 
$35.09 
$24.70 

$19.41 
$26.11 
$37.13 
$40.89 

  As  of  January  27,  2010,  there  were  29  holders  of  record  of  the  Common  Stock.    Based  on  information 
provided by our transfer agent and registrar, we believe that there are 20,369 beneficial owners of the Common 
Stock. 

Stock Performance  

The following graph compares from December 31, 2004, to December 31, 2009, the cumulative stockholder 
returns assuming an initial investment of $100 on January 1, 2005 in the Company’s Common Stock, the stocks 
comprising  the  NASDAQ  Global  Market  Composite  Index,  the  NASDAQ  Market  Index  (U.S.)  and  the  stocks 
comprising  a  peer  group  index  consisting  of  six  peers.      Any  dividends  paid  during  the  five  year  period  are 
assumed to be reinvested. 

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Performance

$200

$100

$0

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

PRAA
Peer Group Index

NASDAQ Global Market Composite Index
NASDAQ Market Index (U.S.)

As of December 31, 
PRAA
NASDAQ Global Market Composite Index
NASDAQ Market Index (U.S.)
Peer Group Index

2004
100
100
100
100

$         
$         
$         
$         

$            
$            
$            
$            

2005
113
102
104
119

$            
$            
$            
$            

2006
113
112
116
114

$              
$            
$            
$            

2007
98
116
127
113

$              
$              
$              
$              

2008
83
57
74
77

$            
$              
$            
$              

2009
111
82
108
83

The comparisons of stock performance shown above are not intended to forecast or be indicative of possible 
future performance of the Company’s common stock. The Company does not make or endorse any predictions as 
to its future stock performance.   

Equity Incentives 

The  table  below  provides  information  with  respect  to  securities  authorized  for  issuance  under  our  equity 

compensation plans as of December 31, 2009: 

Number of 
S ecurities 
Authorized for 
Issuance Under the 
Plan

Number of S ecurities to be 
Issued Upon Exercise of 
Outstanding Options or 
Nonvested S hares Under the 
Plan

Weighted-average 
Exercise Price of 
Outstanding Options 
and Nonvested 
S hares⁽¹⁾

Number of S ecurities 
Remaining Available 
for Future Issuance 
Under the Equity 
Compensation Plan⁽²⁾

2,000,000

None

2,000,000

350,821

None

350,821

$0.59

N/A

$0.59

672,570

None

672,570

Plan Cate gory
Equity Compensation plans 
approved by security holders
Equity Compensation plans not 
approved by security holders

T otal

(1)  Includes grants of nonvested shares (including awards made pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive 

Programs), for which there is no exercise price, but with respect to which shares are awarded without 
cost when the restrictions have been realized.  Excluding the impact of the nonvested shares, the 
weighted average exercise price of outstanding options is $29.41. 

(2)  Excludes 976,609 exercised options and vested shares, which are not available for re-issuance. 

Dividend Policy 

Our board of directors sets our dividend policy.  We do not currently pay regular dividends on our Common 
Stock; however, our board of directors may determine in the future to declare or pay dividends on our Common 
Stock.  Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our 
board  of  directors  and  will  depend  on  then  existing  conditions,  including  our  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors that our board of 
directors may consider relevant. 

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data. 

The  following  selected  financial  data  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  audited  consolidated  financial 
statements.  

INCO ME STATEMENT DATA:
(In thousands, except per share data)
Revenues:

Income recognized on finance receivables, net
Commissions
T otal revenues
Operating expenses:

Compensation and employee services
Legal and agency fees and costs
Outside fees and services
Communications
Rent and occupancy
Other operating expenses
Depreciation and amortization

T otal operating expenses
Income from operations
Interest income
Interest expense
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes

Net income

Net income per share

Basic
Diluted

Weighted average shares

Basic
Diluted

2009

2008

Ye ars Ended De ce mbe r 31,
2007

2006

2005

$        

215,612
65,479
281,091

$           

206,486
56,789
263,275

$           

184,705
36,043
220,748

$          

163,357
24,965
188,322

$          

134,674
13,851
148,525

106,388
46,978
9,570
14,773
4,761
8,799
9,213
200,482
80,609
3
(7,909)
72,703
28,397

88,073
52,869
8,883
10,304
3,908
6,977
7,424
178,438
84,837
60
(11,151)
73,746
28,384

69,022
40,187
7,287
8,531
3,105
5,915
5,517
139,564
81,184
419
(3,704)
77,899
29,658

58,142
33,318
6,821
5,876
2,276
4,758
5,131
116,322
72,000
584
(378)
72,206
27,716

44,332
25,346
4,619
4,424
2,101
3,424
4,679
88,925
59,600
611
(280)
59,931
23,159

$          

44,306

$             

45,362

$             

48,241

$            

44,490

$            

36,772

$              
$              

2.87
2.87

$                 
$                 

2.98
2.97

$                 
$                 

3.08
3.06

$                
$                

2.80
2.77

$                
$                

2.35
2.28

15,420
15,455

15,229
15,292

15,646
15,779

15,911
16,082

15,642
16,149

O PERATING AND O THER FINANCIAL DATA:
(Dollars in thousands)

Cash collections and commissions (1)
Operating expenses to cash collections and commissions

$        

433,482
46%

$           

383,488
47%

$           

298,209
47%

$          

261,357
45%

$          

205,226
43%

Return on equity (2)

Acquisitions of finance receivables, at cost  (3)
Acquisitions of finance receivables, at face value
Employees at period end:
T otal employees

14%

17%

20%

20%

21%

$        
$     

288,889
8,109,694

$           
$        

280,336
4,588,234

$           
$      

263,809
11,113,830

$          
$       

112,406
7,788,158

$          
$       

149,645
5,307,918

2,213

2,032

1,677

1,291

1,110

Ratio of collection personnel to total employees (4)

86%
88%
(1)  Includes both cash collected on finance receivables and commission fees earned during the relevant period. 
(2)  Calculated by dividing net income for each year by average monthly stockholders’ equity for the same year. 
(3)  Represents cash paid for finance receivables.  It does not include certain capitalized costs or purchase price 
refunded  by  the  seller  due  to  the  return  of  non-compliant  accounts  (also  defined  as  buybacks).    Non-
compliant  refers  to  the  contractual  representations  and  warranties  provided  for  in  the  purchase  and  sale 
contract between the seller and us.  These representations and warranties from the sellers generally cover 
account holders’ death or bankruptcy and accounts settled or disputed prior to sale.  The seller can replace 
or repurchase these accounts. 

87%

88%

88%

(4)  Includes all collectors and all first-line collection supervisors at December 31. 

Below is listed certain key balance sheet data for the periods presented: 

2009

As of Decembe r 31,
2007

2008

2006

2005

(Dollars in thousands)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents
Finance receivables, net
T otal assets
Long-term debt
T otal debt, including obligations under capital lease and line of credit
T otal stockholders' equity

29

$   

20,265
693,462
794,433
1,499
320,799
335,480

$ 
13,901
563,830
657,840

-

$ 
16,730
410,297
476,307

-

268,305
283,863

168,103
235,280

$ 
25,101
226,447
293,378
690
932
247,278

$ 
15,985
193,645
247,772
1,152
16,535
195,322

 
 
 
 
            
               
               
              
              
          
             
             
            
            
          
               
               
              
              
            
               
               
              
              
              
                 
                 
                
                
            
               
                 
                
                
              
                 
                 
                
                
              
                 
                 
                
                
              
                 
                 
                
                
          
             
             
            
              
            
               
               
              
              
                     
                      
                    
                   
                   
             
             
               
                 
                 
            
               
               
              
              
            
               
               
              
              
            
               
               
              
              
            
               
               
              
              
              
                 
                 
                
                
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
       
         
         
        
     
   
 
 
        
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Below is listed the quarterly consolidated income statements for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008: 

(In thousands, except per share data)
INCO ME STATEMENT DATA:
Revenues:

Income recognized on finance receivables, net
Commissions
T otal revenues
Operating expenses:

Compensation and employee services
Legal and agency fees and costs
Outside fees and services
Communications
Rent and occupancy
Other operating expenses
Depreciation and amortization

T otal operating expenses
Income from operations
Interest income
Interest expense
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes

Net income

Net income per share

Basic
Diluted

Weighted average shares

Basic
Diluted

De c. 31,
2009

Se pt. 30,
2009

June  30, Mar. 31,

2009

2009

Dec. 31,
2008

Se pt. 30,
2008

June  30, Mar. 31,

2008

2008

For the Q uarte r Ended

$    

55,962
17,254
73,216

$    

54,336
14,229
68,565

$    

54,038
17,069
71,107

$    

51,276
16,927
68,203

$    

48,073
18,898
66,971

$    

52,738
15,848
68,586

$    

53,047
10,567
63,614

$    

52,628
11,476
64,104

26,447
12,518
2,716
3,616
1,245
2,234
2,339
51,115
22,101
-
(2,018)
20,083
7,667

26,844
11,296
2,284
3,472
1,270
2,341
2,269
49,776
18,789
-
(1,964)
16,825
6,729

26,434
11,047
2,459
4,213
1,163
2,236
2,330
49,882
21,225
-
(1,949)
19,276
7,554

26,663
12,118
2,111
3,472
1,082
1,988
2,275
49,709
18,494
3
(1,978)
16,519
6,447

23,091
13,340
2,012
2,769
1,078
2,114
2,285
46,689
20,282
9
(2,936)
17,355
6,746

22,983
14,386
2,323
2,263
1,123
1,912
2,162
47,152
21,434
17
(3,066)
18,385
6,930

20,872
12,892
2,226
2,403
869
1,595
1,507
42,364
21,250
3
(2,649)
18,604
7,178

21,127
12,252
2,321
2,869
838
1,356
1,470
42,233
21,871
30
(2,499)
19,402
7,530

$    

12,416

$    

10,096

$    

11,722

$    

10,072

$    

10,609

$    

11,455

$    

11,426

$    

11,872

$        
$        

0.80
0.80

$        
$        

0.65
0.65

$        
$        

0.76
0.76

$        
$        

0.66
0.66

$        
$        

0.69
0.69

$        
$        

0.75
0.75

$        
$        

0.75
0.75

$        
$        

0.78
0.78

15,505
15,531

15,466
15,502

15,377
15,415

15,334
15,367

15,283
15,329

15,267
15,336

15,193
15,268

15,170
15,237

Below is listed the quarterly consolidated balance sheets for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008: 

De c. 31,
2009

Se pt. 30,
2009

June  30,
2009

Mar. 31,
2009

De c. 31,
2008

Se pt. 30,
2008

June  30,
2008

Mar. 31,
2008

Q uarter Ended

(Dollars in thousands)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Finance receivables, net
Accounts receivable, net
Property and equipment, net
Income taxes receivable
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Other assets
T otal assets

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Liabilities

Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Accrued payroll and bonuses
Deferred tax liability
Line of credit
Long-term debt
Obligations under capital lease
Derivative instrument
T otal liabilities

Stockholders' equity
Common stock
Additional paid in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive 
income/(loss), net of taxes
T otal stockholders' equity

T otal liabilities and stockholders' equity

$             

$             

$             

$             

$             

$             

$             

$             

20,265
693,462
9,169
21,864
4,460
29,299
10,756
5,158
794,433

19,874
660,879
6,909
22,093
5,893
29,299
11,425
3,310
759,682

15,661
624,592
7,315
22,112
4,213
28,815
12,093
4,037
718,838

16,549
576,600
8,617
23,106
3,289
27,646
12,761
3,755
672,323

13,901
563,830
8,278
23,884
3,587
27,546
13,429
3,385
657,840

28,006
535,430
6,692
23,354
3,715
28,058
13,747
2,559
641,561

16,333
515,367
3,650
17,332
3,539
18,620
4,322
2,125
581,288

16,816
477,754
3,926
16,631
2,791
18,620
4,684
1,997
543,219

$           

$           

$           

$           

$           

$           

$           

$           

$               

4,108
4,506
11,633
117,206
319,300
1,499
-
701
458,953

$               

3,957
3,463
11,294
110,333
306,300
1,663
-
566
437,576

$               

3,281
4,797
7,783
102,001
289,800
1,824
-
215
409,701

$               

3,622
3,544
6,696
94,118
266,300
1,983
-
362
376,625

$               

3,438
4,314
9,850
88,070
268,300
-

$               

4,527
5,294
9,605
81,350
267,300
-

5

23

$               

4,630
4,647
4,833
72,577
234,300

$               

4,008
4,499
4,818
64,661
216,800

-

45

-

70

373,977

368,099

321,032

294,856

155
82,400
253,353

155
81,358
240,939

154
78,274
230,841

153
76,647
219,119

153
74,574
209,047

153
74,873
198,436

152
73,121
186,983

152
72,654
175,557

(428)
335,480
794,433

$           

(346)
322,106
759,682

$           

(132)
309,137
718,838

$           

(221)
295,698
672,323

$           

89
283,863
657,840

$           

-
273,462
641,561

$           

-

-

260,256
581,288

$           

248,363
543,219

$           

30

 
 
 
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
           
           
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
           
           
           
               
               
             
               
             
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
               
               
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
                 
                 
                 
                 
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                        
                      
                      
                      
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
                  
                  
                  
                  
                      
                    
                    
                    
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
 
 
Item  7.    Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of 
Operations. 

Results of Operations 

Our  business  revolves  around  the  detection,  collection  and  processing  of  both  unpaid  and  normal-course 
accounts  receivable  originally  owed  to  credit  grantors,  governments,  retailers  and  others.    The  results  of 
operations include the financial results of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. and all of our subsidiaries who are 
all in the accounts receivable management business.  Under the guidance of the FASB ASC Topic 280 “Segment 
Reporting” (“ASC 280”), we have determined that we have several operating segments that meet the aggregation 
criteria of ASC 280, and therefore, we have one reportable segment, accounts receivable management, based on 
similarities  among  the  operating  units  including  homogeneity  of  services,  service  delivery  methods  and  use  of 
technology. 

The following table sets forth certain operating data in dollars and as a percentage of total revenues for the 

years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007: 

(Dollars in thousands)
Revenues:

2009

2008

2007

    Income recognized on finance receivables, net
    Commissions
Total revenues
Operating expenses:

$           

215,612
65,479
281,091

Compensation and employee services
Legal and agency fees and costs
Outside fees and services
Communications
Rent and occupancy
Other operating expenses
Depreciation and amortization

Total operating expenses

Income from operations

Interest income
Interest expense

Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes

Net income

106,388
46,978
9,570
14,773
4,761
8,799
9,213
200,482
80,609
3
(7,909)
72,703
28,397
44,306

$             

76.7%
23.3
100.0

37.8
16.7
3.4
5.3
1.7
3.1
3.3
71.3
28.7
0.0
(2.8)
25.9
10.1
15.8%

$           

206,486
56,789
263,275

88,073
52,869
8,883
10,304
3,908
6,977
7,424
178,438
84,837
60
(11,151)
73,746
28,384
45,362

$             

78.4%
21.6
100.0

33.5
20.1
3.4
3.9
1.4
2.7
2.8
67.8
32.2
0.0
(4.2)
28.0
10.8
17.2%

$           

184,705
36,043
220,748

69,022
40,187
7,287
8,531
3,105
5,915
5,517
139,564
81,184
419
(3,704)
77,899
29,658
48,241

$             

83.7%
16.3
100.0

31.3
18.2
3.3
3.9
1.4
2.6
2.5
63.2
36.8
0.2
(1.7)
35.3
13.4
21.9%

Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008 

Revenues 

Total revenues were $281.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $17.8 million or 

6.8% compared to total revenues of $263.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. 

Income Recognized on Finance Receivables, net 

Income recognized on finance receivables, net was $215.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, 
an  increase  of  $9.1  million  or  4.4%  compared  to  income  recognized  on  finance  receivables,  net    of  $206.5 
million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008.    The  increase  was  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  our  cash 
collections  on  our  owned  defaulted  consumer  receivables  to  $368.0  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2009 compared to $326.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $41.3 million or 12.6%.  
This  was  offset  by  an  increase  in  our  finance receivables amortization rate, including the allowance charge, to 
41.4% for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 36.8% for the year ended December 31, 2008.  During 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  we  acquired  defaulted  consumer  receivables  portfolios  with  an  aggregate 
face  value  amount  of  $8.1  billion  at  a  cost  of  $288.9  million.    During  the  year  ended  December 31, 2008, we 
acquired defaulted consumer receivable portfolios with an aggregate face value of $4.6 billion at a cost of $280.3 
million.  In any period, we acquire defaulted consumer receivables that can vary dramatically in their age, type 

31

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
and ultimate collectibility.  We may pay significantly different purchase rates for purchased receivables within 
any period as a result of this quality fluctuation. In addition, market forces can drive pricing rates up or down in 
any period, irrespective of other quality fluctuations.  As a result, the average purchase rate paid for any given 
period can fluctuate dramatically based on our particular buying activity in that period.  However, regardless of 
the average purchase price and for similar time frames, we intend to target a similar internal rate of return, after 
direct expenses, in pricing our portfolio acquisitions; therefore, the absolute rate paid is not necessarily relevant 
to estimated profitability of a period’s buying. 

Income recognized on finance receivables, net is shown net of changes in valuation allowances recognized 
under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality” (“ASC 
310-30”), which requires that a valuation allowance be recorded for significant decreases in expected cash flows 
or  change  in  timing  of  cash  flows  which  would  otherwise  require  a  reduction  in  the  stated  yield  on  a  pool  of 
accounts.  For the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded net allowance charges of $27,635,000.  For the 
year  ended  December  31,  2008,  we  recorded  net  allowance  charges  of  $19,390,000.    In  any  given  period,  we 
may  be  required  to  record  valuation  allowances  due  to  pools  of  receivables  underperforming our expectations.  
Factors that may contribute to the recording of valuation allowances may include both internal as well as external 
factors.    External  factors  which  may  have  an  impact  on  the  collectability,  and  subsequently  to  the  overall 
profitability  of  purchased  pools  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables  would  include:  overall  market  pricing  for 
pools of consumer receivables (which is driven by both supply and demand), new laws or regulations relating to 
collections,  new  interpretations  of  existing  laws  or  regulations,  and  the  overall  condition  of  the  economy.  
Internal  factors  which  may  have  an  impact  on  the  collectability,  and  subsequently  the  overall  profitability  of 
purchased  pools  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables  would  include:    necessary  revisions  to  initial  and  post-
acquisition scoring and modeling estimates, non-optimal operational activities (which relates to the collection and 
movement of accounts on both our collection floor and external channels), as well as decreases in productivity 
related to turnover and tenure of our collection staff.  Due to the extraordinary deterioration of the U.S. economy 
beginning  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2008,  our  collection  efforts  have  become  more  challenging,  which  has 
exacerbated the typical effects of these external and internal factors.  These combined factors have contributed to 
the valuation allowances that we have recorded during the year ended December 31, 2009.   

Commissions 

Commissions  were  $65.5  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  an  increase  of  $8.7  million  or 
15.3% compared to commissions of $56.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  Commissions grew as 
a result of the acquisitions of MuniServices on July 1, 2008 and BPA on August 1, 2008, as well as an increase 
in revenue generated by our RDS government processing and collection business, partially offset by a decrease in 
revenue  generated  by  our  IGS  fee-for-service  business  and  our  Anchor  contingent  fee  business,  which  ceased 
operations in the second quarter of 2008, as compared to the prior year period. 

Operating Expenses 

Total operating expenses were $200.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $22.1 
million or 12.4% compared to total operating expenses of $178.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  
Total  operating  expenses  were  46.3%  of  cash  receipts  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009  compared  with 
46.5% for the same period in 2008. 

Compensation and Employee Services 

Compensation and employee services expenses were $106.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, 
an  increase  of  $18.3  million  or  20.8%  compared  to  compensation  and  employee  services  expenses  of  $88.1 
million for the year ended December 31, 2008. This increase is mainly due to the acquisition of MuniServices on 
July 1, 2008, as well as an overall increase in our owned portfolio collection staff.  In addition, in conjunction 
with  the  renewal  of  their  employment  agreements,  our  Named  Executive  Officers  and  other  senior  executives 
were awarded nonvested shares which vested on January 1, 2009.  As a result of the vesting of these shares, we 
recorded  stock-based  compensation  expense  in  connection  with  these  shares,  in  the  amount  of  approximately 
$1.4  million  during  the  first  quarter  of  2009.    Also,  we  reversed  $1.2  million  of  estimated  share-based 
compensation  costs  in  the  third  quarter  of  2008,  that  had  been  accrued  in  2007  and  2008  relating  to  the  2007 
Long  Term  Incentive  Program.      Compensation  and  employee  services  expenses  increased  as  total  employees 
grew  8.9%  to  2,213  as  of  December  31,  2009  from  2,032  as  of  December  31,  2008.    Additionally,  existing 
32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
employees received normal salary increases.  Compensation and employee services expenses as a percentage of 
cash receipts increased to 24.5% for the year ended December 31, 2009 from 23.0% of cash receipts for the same 
period in 2008. 

Legal and Agency Fees and Costs 

          Legal  and  agency  fees  and  costs  expenses  were  $47.0  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  a 
decrease  of  $5.9  million  or  11.2%  compared  to  legal  and  agency  fees  and  costs  of  $52.9  million  for  the  year 
ended December 31, 2008. Of the $5.9 million decrease, $5.5 million was attributable to a decrease in legal fees 
and  costs  incurred  resulting  from  accounts  referred  to  both  our  in  house  attorneys  and  outside  third-party 
contingent  fee  attorneys.  The  remaining  $0.4  million  decrease  was  attributable  to  a  decrease  in  agency  fees 
mainly incurred by our IGS subsidiary. Total outside legal expenses paid to third-party contingent fee attorneys 
for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009  were  42.3%  of  legal  cash  collections  generated  by  contingent  fee 
attorneys  compared  to  39.4%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008.    Outside  legal  fees  and  costs  paid  to 
independent  contingent  fee  attorneys  decreased  from  $33.3  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008  to 
$27.6  million,  a  decrease  of  $5.7  million  or  17.1%,  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009.    Additionally,  as 
disclosed previously, we also effectuate legal collections using our own in-house attorneys.  Total legal expenses 
incurred by our in-house attorneys for the year ended December 31, 2009 were 17.5% of legal cash collections 
generated by our in-house attorneys compared to 41.4% for the year ended December 31, 2008.  Legal fees and 
costs incurred by our in-house attorneys increased from $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to 
$3.8 million, an increase of $0.3 million or 8.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2009. 

Outside Fees and Services 

Outside fees and services expenses were $9.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of 
$0.7 million or 7.9% compared to outside legal and other fees and services expenses of $8.9 million for the year 
ended  December  31,  2008.  The  $0.7  million  increase  was  attributable  to  an  increase  in  other  outside  fees  and 
services and corporate legal and accounting.  

Communications 

Communications  expenses  were  $14.8  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  an  increase  of $4.5 
million or 43.7% compared to communications expenses of $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  
The  increase  was  mainly  due  to  a  growth  in  mailings  due  to  an  increase  in  special  letter  campaigns  which 
increased  by  $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 when compared to the year ago period.  The 
remaining  increase  was  attributable  to  higher  telephone  expenses  driven  by  a  greater  number  of  defaulted 
consumer receivables to work, as well as a significant expansion of our automated dialer seats and related calls 
that are generated by the dialer.  Mailings were responsible for 95.6% or $4.3 million of this increase, while the 
remaining 4.4% or $0.2 million was attributable to increased call volumes. 

Rent and Occupancy 

Rent and occupancy expenses were $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $0.9 
million  or  23.1%  compared  to  rent  and  occupancy  expenses  of  $3.9  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2008.  The increase was primarily due to the acquisition of MuniServices on July 1, 2008 and the relocation of 
our IGS business to another location during 2009, as well as increased utility charges.  

Other Operating Expenses 

Other  operating  expenses  were  $8.8  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  an  increase  of  $1.8 
million or 25.7% compared to other operating expenses of $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  
The  increase  was  due  to  increases  in  various  expenses  mainly  as  a  result  of  the  addition  of  MuniServices  and 
BPA when compared to the prior year period.  No individual item represents a significant portion of the overall 
increase.  

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and Amortization 

Depreciation  and  amortization  expenses  were  $9.2  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  an 
increase  of  $1.8  million  or  24.3%  compared  to  depreciation  and  amortization  expenses  of  $7.4  million  for  the 
year  ended  December  31,  2008.    The  increase  is  mainly  due  to  additional  expenses  incurred  related  to  the 
depreciation and amortization of the tangible and intangible assets acquired in the acquisition of MuniServices 
and  the  acquisition  of  the  assets  of  BPA  on  August  1,  2008.    Additional  increases  are  the  result  of  continued 
capital expenditures on equipment, software and computers related to our growth and systems upgrades. 

Interest Income 

Interest  income  was  $3,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  a  decrease  of  $57,000  or  95.0% 
compared to interest income of $60,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008. This decrease is mainly due to 
lower average invested cash and cash equivalents balances during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared 
to the same period in 2008. 

Interest Expense 

Interest  expense  was  $7.9  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  a  decrease  of  $3.3  million 
compared to interest expense of $11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  The decrease was mainly 
due  to  a  decrease  in  our  weighted  average  variable  interest  rate  which  decreased  to  2.62%  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2009 as compared to 4.60% for the year ended December 31, 2008, partially offset by an increase 
in our average borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the same period in 2008. 

Provision for Income Taxes  

Income tax expense was $28.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.  Pre-tax income 
for the year ending December 31, 2009 decreased by $1.0 million as compared to the year ending December 31, 
2008; however, income tax expense remained the same due to the impact of permanent items, state tax credits 
and prior year true-up which resulted in a lower effective tax rate for the year ending December 31, 2008 when 
compared to the same period in 2009. 

Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007 

Revenues 

Total revenues were $263.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $42.6 million or 

19.3% compared to total revenues of $220.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. 

Income Recognized on Finance Receivables, net 

Income recognized on finance receivables, net was $206.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, 
an  increase  of  $21.8  million  or  11.8%  compared  to  income  recognized  on  finance  receivables,  net    of  $184.7 
million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  The increase was due to an increase in our cash collections on 
our owned defaulted consumer receivables to $326.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 
$262.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $64.5 million or 24.6%.  This was offset by 
an increase in our finance receivables amortization rate, including the allowance charge, to 36.8% for the year 
ended December 31, 2008 compared to 29.6% for the year ended December 31, 2007.  During the year ended 
December 31, 2008, we acquired defaulted consumer receivables portfolios with an aggregate face value amount 
of  $4.6  billion  at  a  cost  of  $280.3  million.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2007,  we acquired defaulted 
consumer receivable portfolios with an aggregate face value of $11.1 billion at a cost of $263.8 million.  In any 
period,  we  acquire  defaulted  consumer  receivables  that  can  vary  dramatically  in  their  age,  type  and  ultimate 
collectibility.  We may pay significantly different purchase rates for purchased receivables within any period as a 
result  of  this  quality  fluctuation.  In  addition,  market  forces  can  drive  pricing  rates  up  or  down  in  any  period, 
irrespective  of  other  quality  fluctuations.    As  a  result, the average purchase rate paid for any given period can 
fluctuate dramatically based on our particular buying activity in that period.  However, regardless of the average 

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
purchase  price  and  for  similar  time  frames,  we  intend  to  target  a  similar  internal  rate  of  return,  after  direct 
expenses,  in  pricing  our  portfolio  acquisitions;  therefore,  the  absolute  rate  paid  is  not  necessarily  relevant  to 
estimated profitability of a period’s buying. 

Income recognized on finance receivables, net is shown net of changes in valuation allowances recognized 
under ASC 310-30, which requires that a valuation allowance be recorded for significant decreases in expected 
cash flows or change in timing of cash flows which would otherwise require a reduction in the stated yield on a 
pool of accounts.  For the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded net allowance charges of $19,390,000.  
For the year ended December 31, 2007, we recorded net allowance charges of $2,930,000.  In any given period, 
we  may  be  required  to  record  valuation  allowances  due  to  pools  of  receivables  underperforming  our 
expectations.  Factors that may contribute to the recording of valuation allowances may include both internal as 
well as external factors.  External factors which may have an impact on the collectability, and subsequently to the 
overall profitability of purchased pools of defaulted consumer receivables would include: overall market pricing 
for pools of consumer receivables (which is driven by both supply and demand), new laws or regulations relating 
to  collections,  new  interpretations  of  existing  laws  or  regulations,  and  the  overall  condition  of  the  economy.  
Internal  factors  which  may  have  an  impact  on  the  collectability,  and  subsequently  the  overall  profitability  of 
purchased  pools  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables  would  include:    necessary  revisions  to  initial  and  post-
acquisition scoring and modeling estimates, non-optimal operational activities (which relates to the collection and 
movement of accounts on both our collection floor and external channels), as well as decreases in productivity 
related to turnover and tenure of our collection staff.  Due to the extraordinary deterioration of the U.S. economy 
beginning  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2008,  our  collection  efforts  have  become  more  challenging,  which  has 
exacerbated the typical effects of these external and internal factors.  These combined factors have contributed to 
the valuation allowances that we have recorded during the year ended December 31, 2008.   

Commissions 

Commissions  were  $56.8  million  for  the  year  ended December  31,  2008,  an  increase  of  $20.8  million  or 
57.8% compared to commissions of $36.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  Commissions grew as 
a  result  of  the  acquisition  of  MuniServices,  LLC  (“MuniServices”)  on  July  1,  2008,  as  well  as  increases  in 
revenue generated by our IGS fee-for-service business and RDS government processing and collection business, 
partially offset by a decrease in our Anchor contingent fee business, which ceased operations during the second 
quarter of 2008, as compared to the prior year period. 

Operating Expenses 

Total operating expenses were $178.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $38.8 
million or 27.8% compared to total operating expenses of $139.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  
Total  operating  expenses  were  46.5%  of  cash  receipts  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008  compared  with 
46.8% for the same period in 2007. 

Compensation and Employee Services 

Compensation and employee services expenses were $88.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, 
an  increase  of  $19.1  million  or  27.7%  compared  to  compensation  and  employee  services  expenses  of  $69.0 
million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase is mainly due to the acquisition of MuniServices as 
well  as  an  overall  increase  in  our  owned  portfolio  collection  staff.    This  increase  was  offset  by  a  reversal  or 
decrease of $1.2 million during 2008 of estimated share-based compensation costs that had been accrued in 2007 
related  to  the  2007  Long  Term  Incentive  Programs  because  the  achievement  of  the  performance  targets  of  the 
program  were  unlikely  to  be  achieved.      Compensation  and  employee  services  expenses  increased  as  total 
employees  grew  from  1,677  at  December  31,  2007  to  2,032  at  December  31,  2008.    Additionally,  existing 
employees received normal salary increases.  Compensation and employee services expenses as a percentage of 
cash receipts decreased to 23.0% for the year ended December 31, 2008 from 23.2% of cash receipts for the same 
period in 2007. 

Legal and Agency Fees and Costs 

          Legal and agency fees and costs expenses were $52.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an 
increase  of  $12.7  million  or  31.6%  compared  to  legal  and  agency  fees  and  costs  of  $40.2  million  for  the  year 
35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ended  December  31,  2007.  Of  the  $12.7  million  increase,  $6.1  million  was  attributable  to  an  increase  in  legal 
fees  and  costs  incurred  resulting  from  accounts  referred  to  both  our  in  house  attorneys  and  outside  third-party 
contingent  fee  attorneys.  The  remaining  $6.6  million  increase  was  attributable  to  an  increase  in  agency  fees 
mainly incurred by our IGS subsidiary. Total outside legal expenses paid to independent contingent fee attorneys 
for the year ended December 31, 2008 were 39.4% of legal cash collections generated by independent contingent 
fee  attorneys  compared to 34.6% for the year ended December 31, 2007.  Outside legal fees and costs paid to 
third-party contingent fee attorneys increased from $29.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 to $33.3 
million, an increase of $4.2 million or 14.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2008.  Additionally, as disclosed 
previously, we also effectuate legal collections using our own in-house attorneys.  Total legal expenses incurred 
by our in-house attorneys for the year ended December 31, 2008 were 41.4% of legal cash collections generated 
by  our  in-house  attorneys  compared  to  29.0%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2007.    Legal  fees  and  costs 
incurred  by  our  in-house  attorneys  increased  from  $1.6  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31, 2007 to $3.5 
million, an increase of $1.9 million or 118.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2008. 

Outside Fees and Services 

Outside fees and services expenses were $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of 
$1.6 million or 21.9% compared to outside legal and other fees and services expenses of $7.3 million for the year 
ended  December  31,  2007.  The  $1.6  million  increase  was  attributable  to  an  increase  in  other  outside  fees  and 
services and corporate legal and accounting.   

Communications 

Communications  expenses  were  $10.3  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  an  increase  of $1.8 
million or 21.2% compared to communications expenses of $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  
The increase was attributable to growth in mailings and higher telephone expenses driven by a greater number of 
defaulted  consumer  receivables  to  work,  as  well  as  a  significant  expansion  of  our  automated  dialer  seats  and 
related  calls  that  are  generated  by  the  dialer.    Mailings  were  responsible  for  54.8%  or  $1.0  million  of  this 
increase, while the remaining 45.2% or $0.8 million was attributable to increased call volumes. 

Rent and Occupancy 

Rent and occupancy expenses were $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $0.8 
million  or  25.8%  compared  to  rent  and  occupancy  expenses  of  $3.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2007.    The  increase  was  primarily  due  to  the  expansion  of  space  in  our  Norfolk,  Virginia  administrative  and 
executive  facility  and  the  acquisition  of  MuniServices,  as  well  as  increased  utility  charges.  The  new  Norfolk, 
Virginia administrative and executive facility accounted for $355,000 of the increase, the MuniServices location 
accounted for $293,000 of the increase and other occupancy charges accounted for $253,000 of the increase.  In 
addition, there was a decrease of $74,000 in storage and other facility charges.  

Other Operating Expenses 

Other  operating  expenses  were  $7.0  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  an  increase  of  $1.1 
million or 18.6% compared to other operating expenses of $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  
The  increase  was  due  to  increases  in  travel  and  meals,  miscellaneous  expenses,  repairs  and  maintenance,  dues 
and  subscriptions  and  other  expenses  as  well  as  decreases  in  taxes  (non-income),  fees  and  licenses  and  hiring 
expenses.  Travel and meals increased by $201,000, miscellaneous expenses increased by $268,000, repairs and 
maintenance increased by $508,000, dues and subscriptions increased by $125,000 and other expenses increased 
by  $75,000.  Taxes  (non-income),  fees  and  licenses  decreased  by  $37,000  and  hiring  expenses  decreased  by 
$77,000. 

Depreciation and Amortization 

Depreciation  and  amortization  expenses  were  $7.4  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  an 
increase  of  $1.9  million  or  34.5%  compared  to  depreciation  and  amortization  expenses  of  $5.5  million  for  the 
year  ended  December  31,  2007.    The  increase  is  mainly  due  to  capital  purchases  in  our  administrative  and 
executive  facility  in  Norfolk,  Virginia  as  well  as  additional  expense  incurred  related  to  the  amortization  of 

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
intangible  assets  in  the  acquisition  of  MuniServices  on  July  1,  2008,  and  the  acquisition  of  the  assets  of 
Broussard  Partners  and  Associates,  Inc.  (“BPA”)  on  August  1,  2008.    Additional  increases  are  the  result  of 
continued  capital  expenditures  on  equipment,  software  and  computers  related  to  our  growth  and  systems 
upgrades. 

Interest Income 

Interest  income  was  $60,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  a  decrease  of  $359,000  or  85.7% 
compared to interest income of $419,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007. This decrease is mainly due to 
lower average invested cash and cash equivalents balances during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared 
to the same period in 2007. 

Interest Expense 

Interest  expense  was  $11.2  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  an  increase  of  $7.5  million 
compared to interest expense of $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  The increase is mainly due 
to  a  significant  increase  in  outstanding  borrowings  on  our  line  of  credit  during  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2008  compared  to  the  same  period  in  2007.    The  increase  was  offset  by  a  decrease  in  our  weighted  average 
interest rate which decreased to 4.60% for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to 6.64% for the year 
ended December 31, 2007. 

Provision for Income Taxes  

Income tax expense was $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a decrease of $1.3 million or 
4.4% compared to income tax expense of $29.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  The decrease is 
mainly due to a 5.4% decrease in pre-tax income, down from $77.9 million in 2007, to $73.7 million in 2008, 
offset by a slight increase in the effective tax rate from 38.1% for the year ended December 31, 2007 to 38.5% 
for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008.  The  higher  effective  tax  rate  was  due  mainly  to  more  state  tax  credits 
generated during the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the same period in 2008. 

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental Performance Data 

Owned Portfolio Performance: 

The following tables show certain data related to our owned portfolio.  These tables describe the purchase 
price, cash collections and related multiples.  Further, these tables disclose our entire portfolio, the portfolio of 
purchased bankrupt accounts and our entire portfolio less the impact of our purchased bankrupt accounts.   The 
accounts  represented  in  the purchased bankruptcy tables are those portfolios of accounts that were bankrupt at 
the time of purchase.  This contrasts with accounts that file bankruptcy after we purchase them. 

The purchase price multiples for 2005 through 2008 described in the table below are lower than historical 
multiples  in  previous  years.    This  trend  is  primarily,  but  not  entirely  related  to  pricing  competition.    When 
competition increases, and or supply decreases so that pricing becomes negatively impacted on a relative basis 
(total lifetime collections in relation to purchase price), internal rates of return (“IRRs”) tend to trend lower.  This 
was the situation during 2005-2007 and this situation also extended into 2008 to the extent that deals purchased 
in 2008 were part of forward flow agreements priced in earlier periods. 

Additionally,  however,  the  way  we  initially  book  newly  acquired  pools  of  accounts  and  how  we  forecast 
future estimated collections for any given portfolio of accounts has evolved over the years due to a number of 
factors including the current economic situation.  Since our revenue recognition under ASC 310-30 is driven by 
both the ultimate magnitude of estimated lifetime collections, as well as the timing of those collections, we have 
progressed towards booking new portfolio purchases using a higher confidence level for both collection amount 
and  pace.    Subsequent  to  the  initial  booking,  as  we  gain  collection  experience  and  comfort  with  a  pool  of 
accounts, we continuously update estimated remaining collections (“ERC”) as time goes on.  Since our inception, 
these  processes  have  tended  to  cause  the  ratio  of  collections  to  purchase  price  multiple  for  any  given  year  of 
buying  to  gradually  increase  over  time.    As  a  result,  our  estimate  of  lifetime  collections  to  purchase  price  has 
shown  relatively  steady  increases  as  pools  have  aged.    Thus,  all  factors  being  equal  in  terms  of  pricing,  one 
would naturally tend to see a higher collection to purchase price ratio from a pool of accounts that was six years 
from purchase than a pool that was just two years from purchase.     

To  the  extent  that  lower  purchase  price  multiples  are  the  ultimate  result  of  more  competitive  pricing  and 
lower IRRs, this will generally lead to higher amortization rates (payments applied to principal as a percentage of 
cash collections), lower operating margins and ultimately lower profitability.  As portfolio pricing becomes more 
favorable on a relative basis, our profitability will tend to expand.  It is important to consider, however, that to 
the extent we can improve our collection operations by extracting additional cash from a discreet quantity and 
quality  of  accounts,  and/or  by  extracting  cash  at  a  lower  cost  structure,  we  can  put  upward  pressure  on  the 
collection to purchase price ratio and also on our operating margins.  During 2008 and 2009, we made significant 
enhancements in our analytical abilities, management personnel and automated dialing capabilities, all with the 
intent to collect more cash at lower cost. 

Information about our owned portfolios as of December 31, 2009 is as follows: 

Entire Portfolio ($ in thousands) 

Purchase

Period

Purchase
Price(1)

Life to Date 

Reserve
Allowance (2)

1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009

$3,080
$7,685
$11,089
$18,898
$25,020
$33,481
$42,325
$61,449
$59,179
$143,173
$107,743
$258,357
$275,213
$285,834

$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$1,385
$9,940
$12,370
$10,815
$16,745
$0

Percentage of 

Unamortized

Percentage of Reserve

Actual Cash

Reserve

Purchase Price

Allowance to Unamortized

Collections

Estimated

Allowance to
Purchase Price (3)

Balance at
December 31, 2009 (4)

Purchase Price and
Reserve Allowance (5)

0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
2%
7%
11%
4%
6%
0%

$0
$0
$0
$0
$3
$0
$0
$236
$1,246
$36,278
$40,522
$149,434
$199,519
$266,224

0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
53%
22%
23%
7%
8%
0%

38

Including Cash Remaining 

Total Estimated
Collections (6) Collections (7)

Sales

$9,976
$24,905
$36,226
$66,026
$108,053
$162,251
$178,053
$233,029
$168,689
$246,918
$146,473
$252,079
$169,253
$57,339

$80
$211
$511
$1,465
$3,445
$2,264
$3,411
$7,845
$12,508
$70,759
$76,853
$262,028
$372,034
$602,032

$10,056
$25,116
$36,737
$67,491
$111,498
$164,515
$181,464
$240,874
$181,197
$317,677
$223,326
$514,107
$541,287
$659,371

Total Estimated

Collections to
Purchase Price (8)

326%
327%
331%
357%
446%
491%
429%
392%
306%
222%
207%
199%
197%
231%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Percentage of 

Unamortized

Percentage of Reserve

Actual Cash

Reserve

Purchase Price

Allowance to Unamortized

Collections

Estimated

Including Cash Remaining 

Total Estimated
Collections (6) Collections (7)

Purchased Bankruptcy Portfolio ($ in thousands) 

Purchase

Period
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009

Purchase
Price(1)
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$7,469
$29,302
$17,643
$78,933
$108,614
$159,007

Life to Date 

Reserve
Allowance (2)
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$1,285
$800
$1,480
$110
$0
$0

Allowance to
Purchase Price (3)
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
17%
3%
8%
0%
0%
0%

Balance at
December 31, 2009 (4)
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$31
$1,323
$911
$45,658
$86,353
$155,754

Purchase Price and
Reserve Allowance (5)
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
98%
38%
62%
0%
0%
0%

Entire Portfolio less Purchased Bankruptcy Portfolio ($ in thousands) 

Purchase

Period
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009

Purchase
Price(1)
$3,080
$7,685
$11,089
$18,898
$25,020
$33,481
$42,325
$61,449
$51,710
$113,871
$90,100
$179,424
$166,599
$126,827

Life to Date 

Reserve
Allowance (2)
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$100
$9,140
$10,890
$10,705
$16,745
$0

Allowance to
Purchase Price (3)
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
8%
12%
6%
10%
0%

Balance at
December 31, 2009 (4)
$0
$0
$0
$0
$3
$0
$0
$236
$1,215
$34,955
$39,611
$103,775
$113,166
$110,470

Purchase Price and
Reserve Allowance (5)
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
8%
21%
22%
9%
13%
0%

Sales
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$13,981
$41,373
$25,983
$56,451
$49,919
$16,635

Sales
$9,976
$24,905
$36,226
$66,026
$108,053
$162,251
$178,053
$233,029
$154,708
$205,545
$120,490
$195,628
$119,334
$40,704

$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$91
$1,821
$3,153
$59,821
$133,126
$323,718

$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$14,072
$43,194
$29,136
$116,272
$183,045
$340,353

$80
$211
$511
$1,465
$3,445
$2,264
$3,411
$7,845
$12,417
$68,938
$73,700
$202,207
$238,908
$278,314

$10,056
$25,116
$36,737
$67,491
$111,498
$164,515
$181,464
$240,874
$167,125
$274,483
$194,190
$397,835
$358,242
$319,018

Total Estimated

Collections to
Purchase Price (8)
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
188%
147%
165%
147%
169%
214%

Total Estimated

Collections to
Purchase Price (8)
326%
327%
331%
357%
446%
491%
429%
392%
323%
241%
216%
222%
215%
252%

Percentage of 

Unamortized

Percentage of Reserve

Actual Cash

Reserve

Purchase Price

Allowance to Unamortized

Collections

Estimated

Including Cash Remaining 

Total Estimated
Collections (6) Collections (7)

(1)  Purchase price refers to the cash paid to a seller to acquire defaulted consumer receivables, plus certain 
capitalized  costs,  less  the  purchase  price  refunded  by  the  seller  due  to  the  return  of  non-compliant 
accounts  (also  defined  as  buybacks).    Non-compliant  refers  to  the  contractual  representations  and 
warranties  provided  for  in  the  purchase  and  sale  contract  between  the  seller  and  us.    These 
representations  and  warranties  from  the  sellers  generally  cover  account  holders’  death  or  bankruptcy 
and accounts settled or disputed prior to sale.  The seller can replace or repurchase these accounts. 

(2)  Life to date reserve allowance refers to the total amount of allowance charges incurred on our owned 

portfolios net of any reversals. 

(3)  Percentage  of  reserve  allowance  to  purchase  price  refers  to  the  total  amount  of  allowance  charges 

incurred on our owned portfolios net of any reversals, divided by the purchase price. 

(4)  Unamortized  purchase  price  balance  refers  to  the  purchase  price  less  amortization  over  the  life  of  the 

portfolio. 

(5)  Percentage of purchase price remaining unamortized refers to the amount of unamortized purchase price 

divided by the purchase price. 

(6)  Estimated remaining collections refers to the sum of all future projected cash collections on our owned 

portfolios.   

(7)  Total  estimated  collections  refers  to  the  actual  cash  collections,  including  cash  sales,  plus  estimated 

remaining collections. 

(8)  Total  estimated  collections  to  purchase  price  refers  to  the  total  estimated  collections  divided  by  the 

purchase price. 

39

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
The  following  table  shows  our  net  valuation  allowances  booked  since  we  began  accounting  for  our 

investment in finance receivables under the guidance of ASC 310-30. 

($ in thousands)
Allow ance 
Period (1)

Q1 05
Q2 05
Q3 05
Q4 05
Q1 06
Q2 06
Q3 06
Q4 06
Q1 07
Q2 07
Q3 07
Q4 07
Q1 08
Q2 08
Q3 08
Q4 08
Q1 09
Q2 09
Q3 09
Q4 09
Total

1996-2000
-
$         
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$         
-

2001
-
$       
-
-
200
-

75
200
-
(245)
70
50

-
-
(140)
(30)
(75)
(105)
-
-
-
$       
-

2002
-
$       
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$       
-

Purchase Period

2003
-
$       
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

20
150
190
120
400
(60)
(325)
(120)
(230)
(25)
(120)
$       
-

2004
-
$       
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
320
150
650
720
60
(140)
35
(220)
(190)
-
1,385

$   

2005
-
$         
-
-
-
175
125
75
450
610
-
660
615
910
-
325
1,805
1,150
495
1,170
1,375
9,940

$     

2006
-
$         
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
340
1,105
2,330
1,135
2,600
910
765
1,965
1,220
12,370

$   

2007
-
$         
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
650
2,350
4,380
2,300
685
340
110
10,815

$   

2008
-
$         
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
620
2,050
2,425
4,750
6,900
16,745

$   

2009
-
$         
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$         
-

Total
-
$            
-
$            
$            
-
$           
200
$           
175
$           
200
$           
275
$           
450
$           
365
$             
90
$        
1,180
$        
1,295
$        
2,785
$        
3,960
$        
3,780
$        
8,865
$        
6,220
$        
3,920
$        
8,010
$        
9,485
$      
51,255

Purchase Price

$   

65,772

$ 

33,481

$ 

42,325

$ 

61,449

$ 

59,179

$ 

143,173

$ 

107,743

$ 

258,357

$ 

275,213

$ 

285,834

$ 

1,332,525

(1)  Allowance  period  represents  the  quarter  in  which  we  recorded  valuation  allowances,  net  of  any 

(reversals). 

The  following  graph  shows  the  purchase  price  of  our  owned  portfolios  by  year  beginning  in  1996.    The 
purchase  price  number  represents  the  cash  paid  to  the  seller  to  acquire  defaulted  consumer  receivables,  plus 
certain  capitalized  costs,  less  the  purchase  price  refunded  by  the  seller  due  to  the  return  of  non-compliant 
accounts. 

Portfolio Purchases by Year

($ in thousands)
$300,000
$280,000
$260,000
$240,000
$220,000
$200,000
$180,000
$160,000
$140,000
$120,000
$100,000
$80,000
$60,000
$40,000
$20,000
$0

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

Purchased Non-BK

Purchased BK

40

 
 
 
           
         
         
         
         
           
           
           
           
           
           
         
         
         
         
           
           
           
           
           
           
        
         
         
         
           
           
           
           
           
           
         
         
         
         
          
           
           
           
           
           
          
         
         
         
          
           
           
           
           
           
        
         
         
         
            
           
           
           
           
           
         
         
         
         
          
           
           
           
           
           
       
         
         
         
          
           
           
           
           
           
          
         
          
         
           
           
           
           
           
           
          
         
        
        
          
           
           
           
           
           
         
         
        
        
          
          
           
           
           
           
         
         
        
        
          
       
           
           
           
           
       
         
        
        
           
       
          
           
           
           
         
         
         
          
          
       
       
           
           
           
         
         
       
       
       
       
       
          
           
           
       
         
       
          
       
          
       
       
           
           
         
         
       
       
          
          
          
       
           
           
         
         
         
       
       
       
          
       
           
           
         
         
       
         
       
       
          
       
           
 
 
 
 
 We  utilize  a  long-term  approach  to  collecting  our  owned  portfolios  of  receivables.    This  approach  has 
historically  caused  us  to  realize  significant  cash  collections  and  revenues  from  purchased  portfolios  of  finance 
receivables  years  after  they  are  originally  acquired.    As  a  result,  we  have  in  the  past  been  able  to  temporarily 
reduce our level of current period acquisitions without a corresponding negative current period impact on cash 
collections and revenue. 

The following tables, which exclude any proceeds from cash sales of finance receivables, demonstrates our 

ability to realize significant multi-year cash collection streams on our owned portfolios.   

Cash Collections By Year, By Year of Purchase - Entire Portfolio 

2003
$            

2004
$            

2005
$            

2006
$            

2007
$            

2008
$              

2009
$              

Purchase
Price
$             

($ in thousands)
Purchase
Period
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009

Total

$      

3,080
7,685
11,089
18,898
25,020
33,481
42,325
61,449
59,179
143,173
107,743
258,357
275,213
285,834
1,332,526

1996
548
$       
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$       
548

1997

1998

1999

2000

$      

$       

$       

$       

Cash Collection Period
2002
$          

2001
$          

2,484
2,507
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4,991

1,890
5,215
3,776
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
10,881

1,348
4,069
6,807
5,138
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
17,362

1,025
3,347
6,398
13,069
6,894
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
30,733

730
2,630
5,152
12,090
19,498
13,048
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
53,148

496
1,829
3,948
9,598
19,478
28,831
15,073
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
79,253

398
1,324
2,797
7,336
16,628
28,003
36,258
24,308
-
-
-
-
-
-
117,052

285
1,022
2,200
5,615
14,098
26,717
35,742
49,706
18,019
-
-
-
-
-
153,404

210
860
1,811
4,352
10,924
22,639
32,497
52,640
46,475
18,968
-
-
-
-
191,376

237
597
1,415
3,032
8,067
16,048
24,729
43,728
40,424
75,145
22,971
-
-
-
236,393

102
437
882
2,243
5,202
10,011
16,527
30,695
30,750
69,862
53,192
42,263
-
-
262,166

83
346
616
1,533
3,604
6,164
9,772
18,818
19,339
49,576
40,560
115,011
61,277
-
326,699

Total
$            
$          
$          
$          
$        
$        
$        
$        
$        
$        
$        
$        
$        
$          
$     

9,914
24,398
36,199
65,334
107,591
156,760
178,042
233,030
168,684
246,917
146,472
252,079
169,251
57,338
1,852,009

78
215
397
1,328
3,198
5,299
7,444
13,135
13,677
33,366
29,749
94,805
107,974
57,338
368,003

$      

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

Cash Collections By Year, By Year of Purchase – Purchased Bankruptcy Portfolio 

1996
-
$       
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$       
-

1997
-
$         
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$         
-

1998
-
$           
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$           
-

1999
-
$           
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$           
-

Cash Collection Period
2002
-
$           
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$           
-

2001
-
$           
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$           
-

2000
-
$           
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$           
-

2003
-
$             
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$             
-

2004
-
$             
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
743
-
-
-
-
-
743

$            

2005
-
$             
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4,554
3,777
-
-
-
-
8,331

$         

2006
-
$             
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3,956
15,500
5,608
-
-
-
25,064

$       

2007
-
$             
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2,777
11,934
9,455
2,850
-
-
27,016

$       

2008
-
$             
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,455
6,845
6,522
27,972
14,024
-
56,818

$       

2009
-
$             
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
496
3,318
4,398
25,630
35,894
16,635
86,371

$       

Total
-
$                
-
$                
$                
-
-
$                
-
$                
-
$                
-
$                
$                
-
$          
13,981
$          
41,374
$          
25,983
$          
56,452
$          
49,918
$          
16,635
$        
204,343

($ in thousands)
Purchase
Period
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009

Purchase
Price
-
$                 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
7,469
29,302
17,643
78,933
108,614
159,007
400,968

$         

Total

Cash Collections By Year, By Year of Purchase - Entire Portfolio less Purchased Bankruptcy Portfolio 

($ in thousands)
Purchase
Period
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009

1996
548
$       
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
$       
548

3,080
7,685
11,089
18,898
25,020
33,481
42,325
61,449
51,710
113,871
90,100
179,424
166,599
126,827
931,558

Purchase
Price
$             

1997

1998

1999

2000

$      

$       

$       

$       

Cash Collection Period
2002
$          

2001
$          

2003
$            

2004
$            

2005
$            

2006
$            

2007
$            

2008
$              

2009
$              

2,484
2,507
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4,991

1,890
5,215
3,776
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
10,881

1,348
4,069
6,807
5,138
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
17,362

1,025
3,347
6,398
13,069
6,894
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
30,733

730
2,630
5,152
12,090
19,498
13,048
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
53,148

496
1,829
3,948
9,598
19,478
28,831
15,073
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
79,253

398
1,324
2,797
7,336
16,628
28,003
36,258
24,308
-
-
-
-
-
-
117,052

285
1,022
2,200
5,615
14,098
26,717
35,742
49,706
17,276
-
-
-
-
-
152,661

210
860
1,811
4,352
10,924
22,639
32,497
52,640
41,921
15,191
-
-
-
-
183,045

237
597
1,415
3,032
8,067
16,048
24,729
43,728
36,468
59,645
17,363
-
-
-
211,329

102
437
882
2,243
5,202
10,011
16,527
30,695
27,973
57,928
43,737
39,413
-
-
235,150

83
346
616
1,533
3,604
6,164
9,772
18,818
17,884
42,731
34,038
87,039
47,253
-
269,881

Total
$            
$          
$          
$          
$        
$        
$        
$        
$        
$        
$        
$        
$        
$          
$     

9,914
24,398
36,199
65,334
107,591
156,760
178,042
233,030
154,703
205,543
120,489
195,627
119,333
40,703
1,647,666

78
215
397
1,328
3,198
5,299
7,444
13,135
13,181
30,048
25,351
69,175
72,080
40,703
281,632

Total

$         

$      

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

$     

41

 
 
 
               
         
        
         
         
         
         
         
           
           
              
              
              
              
              
             
         
           
         
         
         
         
         
           
           
           
           
              
              
              
             
         
           
             
         
       
       
         
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
             
         
           
             
             
         
       
       
         
         
         
           
           
           
           
             
         
           
             
             
             
       
       
         
         
         
         
         
           
           
             
         
           
             
             
             
             
       
         
         
         
         
         
           
           
             
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
             
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
         
         
         
         
         
         
           
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
         
         
         
         
         
           
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
         
         
         
         
           
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
         
       
         
           
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
         
       
           
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
               
         
 
 
                   
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
                   
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
                   
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
                   
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
                   
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
                   
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
                   
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
              
           
           
           
           
              
             
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
           
         
         
           
           
             
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
           
           
           
           
             
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
           
         
         
           
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
         
         
           
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
               
         
 
 
               
         
        
         
         
         
         
         
           
           
              
              
              
              
              
             
         
           
         
         
         
         
         
           
           
           
           
              
              
              
             
         
           
             
         
       
       
         
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
             
         
           
             
             
         
       
       
         
         
         
           
           
           
           
             
         
           
             
             
             
       
       
         
         
         
         
         
           
           
             
         
           
             
             
             
             
       
         
         
         
         
         
           
           
             
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
             
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
         
         
         
         
         
         
           
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
         
         
         
         
         
             
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
         
         
         
         
           
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
         
         
         
           
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
         
         
           
         
           
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
               
               
         
 
When  we  acquire  a  new  pool  of  finance  receivables,  our  estimates  typically  result  in  an  84  -  96  month 
projection of cash collections.  The following chart shows our historical cash collections (including cash sales of 
finance receivables) in relation to the aggregate of the total estimated collection projections made at the time of 
each respective pool purchase, adjusted for buybacks. 

Actual Cash Collections and Cash Sales vs. Original Projections
($ in millions)

$2,000

$1,800

$1,600

$1,400

$1,200

$1,000

$800

$600

$400

$200

$0

Actual Cash  Collections

Original Projections

7
9
-
c
e
D

8
9
-
r
p
A

8
9
-
g
u
A

8
9
-
c
e
D

9
9
-
r
p
A

9
9
-
g
u
A

9
9
-
c
e
D

0
0
-
r
p
A

0
0
-
g
u
A

0
0
-
c
e
D

1
0
-
r
p
A

1
0
-
g
u
A

1
0
-
c
e
D

2
0
-
r
p
A

2
0
-
g
u
A

2
0
-
c
e
D

3
0
-
r
p
A

3
0
-
g
u
A

3
0
-
c
e
D

4
0
-
r
p
A

4
0
-
g
u
A

4
0
-
c
e
D

5
0
-
r
p
A

5
0
-
g
u
A

5
0
-
c
e
D

6
0
-
r
p
A

6
0
-
g
u
A

6
0
-
c
e
D

7
0
-
r
p
A

7
0
-
g
u
A

7
0
-
c
e
D

8
0
-
r
p
A

8
0
-
g
u
A

8
0
-
c
e
D

9
0
-
r
p
A

9
0
-
g
u
A

9
0
-
c
e
D

Owned Portfolio Personnel Performance: 

We measure the productivity of each collector each month, breaking results into groups of similarly tenured 

collectors.  The following tables display various productivity measures that we track. 

Tenure at: 
One year +(1) 
Less than one year (2) 
Total(2) 

12/31/05 
327 
364 
691 

12/31/06 
340 
375 
715 

12/31/07 
327 
553 
880 

12/31/08 
452 
739 
1191 

12/31/09 
638 
676 
1314 

Collector by Tenure 

(1)  Calculated based on actual employees (collectors) with one year of service or more. 
(2)  Calculated  using  total  hours  worked  by  all  collectors,  including  those  in  training  to  produce  a  full  time 

equivalent “FTE.” 

Average performance  
Total cash collections 
Non-legal cash collections(2) 
Non-bk cash collections(3) 
Non-bk/legal cash collections(4) 

Cash Collections per Hour Paid (1) 
12/31/07 
$135.77 
$91.93 
$123.10 
$79.26 

12/31/06 
$146.03 
$99.06 
$132.15 
$85.18 

12/31/05 
$133.39 
$89.25 
$128.02 
$83.88 

12/31/08 
$131.29 
$96.95 
$109.82 
$75.47 

12/31/09 
$145.44 
$119.16 
$113.42 
$87.13 

(1)  Cash collections (assigned and unassigned) divided by total hours paid (including holiday, vacation and 

sick time) to all collectors (including those in training). 

(2)  Represents total cash collections less external legal cash collections. 
(3)  Represents total cash collections less purchased bankruptcy cash collections from trustee-administered 
accounts.    The  2008  statistics  are  slightly  different  than  those  reported  previously  as  a  result  of  a 
change in the computation methodology. 

(4)  Represents  total  cash  collections  less  external  legal  cash  collections  and  less  purchased  bankruptcy 

cash collections from trustee- administered accounts. 

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash  collections  have  substantially  exceeded  revenue  in  each  quarter  since  our  formation.    The  following 
chart illustrates the consistent excess of our cash collections on our owned portfolios over income recognized on 
finance  receivables  on  a  quarterly  basis.    The  difference  between  cash  collections  and  income  recognized  on 
finance  receivables  is  referred  to  as  payments  applied  to  principal.    It  is  also  referred  to  as  amortization  of 
purchase  price.    This  amortization  is  the  portion  of  cash  collections  that  is  used  to  recover  the  cost  of  the 
portfolio investment represented on the balance sheet. 

Cash Collections vs. Income Recognized on Finance Receivables,  net

($ in millions)

Payments applied to principal or amortization of purchase price

Cash Collections

Income recognized on finance receivables, net

$100
$90
$80
$70
$60
$50
$40
$30
$20
$10
$0

8
9
-
1
Q

8
9
-
2
Q

8
9
-
3
Q

8
9
-
4
Q

9
9
-
1
Q

9
9
-
2
Q

9
9
-
3
Q

9
9
-
4
Q

0
0
-
1
Q

0
0
-
2
Q

0
0
-
3
Q

0
0
-
4
Q

1
0
-
1
Q

1
0
-
2
Q

1
0
-
3
Q

1
0
-
4
Q

2
0
-
1
Q

2
0
-
2
Q

2
0
-
3
Q

2
0
-
4
Q

3
0
-
1
Q

3
0
-
2
Q

3
0
-
3
Q

3
0
-
4
Q

4
0
-
1
Q

4
0
-
2
Q

4
0
-
3
Q

4
0
-
4
Q

5
0
-
1
Q

5
0
-
2
Q

5
0
-
3
Q

5
0
-
4
Q

6
0
-
1
Q

6
0
-
2
Q

6
0
-
3
Q

6
0
-
4
Q

7
0
-
1
Q

7
0
-
2
Q

7
0
-
3
Q

7
0
-
4
Q

8
0
-
1
Q

8
0
-
2
Q

8
0
-
3
Q

8
0
-
4
Q

9
0
-
1
Q

9
0
-
2
Q

9
0
-
3
Q

9
0
-
4
Q

Seasonality 

We depend on the ability to collect on our owned and serviced defaulted consumer receivables.  Collections 
tend to be higher in the first and second quarters of the year and lower in the third and fourth quarters of the year, 
due  to  consumer  payment  patterns  in  connection  with  seasonal  employment  trends,  income  tax  refunds  and 
holiday spending habits.  Historically, our growth has partially masked the impact of this seasonality. 

Quarterly Cash  Collections

($ in millions)

$100
$90
$80
$70
$60
$50
$40
$30
$20
$10
$0

8
9
-
1
Q

8
9
-
2
Q

8
9
-
3
Q

8
9
-
4
Q

9
9
-
1
Q

9
9
-
2
Q

9
9
-
3
Q

9
9
-
4
Q

0
0
-
1
Q

0
0
-
2
Q

0
0
-
3
Q

0
0
-
4
Q

1
0
-
1
Q

1
0
-
2
Q

1
0
-
3
Q

1
0
-
4
Q

2
0
-
1
Q

2
0
-
2
Q

2
0
-
3
Q

2
0
-
4
Q

3
0
-
1
Q

3
0
-
2
Q

3
0
-
3
Q

3
0
-
4
Q

4
0
-
1
Q

4
0
-
2
Q

4
0
-
3
Q

4
0
-
4
Q

5
0
-
1
Q

5
0
-
2
Q

5
0
-
3
Q

5
0
-
4
Q

6
0
-
1
Q

6
0
-
2
Q

6
0
-
3
Q

6
0
-
4
Q

7
0
-
1
Q

7
0
-
2
Q

7
0
-
3
Q

7
0
-
4
Q

8
0
-
1
Q

8
0
-
2
Q

8
0
-
3
Q

8
0
-
4
Q

9
0
-
1
Q

9
0
-
2
Q

9
0
-
3
Q

9
0
-
4
Q

The following table displays our quarterly cash collections by source, for the periods indicated. 

Cash Collection Source ($ in thousands)
Call Center & Other Collections
External Legal Collections
Internal Legal Collections
Purchased Bankruptcy Collections

Q42009

Q32009

Q22009

Q12009

$45,365
15,496
7,570
26,855

$48,590
15,330
6,196
22,251

$50,052
16,527
4,263
19,637

$50,914
17,790
3,539
17,628

Q42008
$41,268
18,424
2,652
16,904

Q32008
$43,949
21,590
2,106
15,362

Q22008
$46,892
22,471
1,947
13,732

Q12008
$44,883
21,880
1,819
10,820  

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table shows the components of legal and agency fees and costs for the years ended December 

31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (amounts in thousands): 

Legal fees and costs (1)
Agency fees (2)

2009

2008

2007

$         

31,333

$         

36,805

$          

30,720

15,645

16,064

9,467

$         

46,978

$         

52,869

$          

40,187

(1)  Legal  fees  and  costs  represent  legal  fees  and  costs  incurred  by  both  our  in-house  attorneys  and  outside 

contingent fee attorneys. 

(2)  Agency fees are primarily incurred by our IGS skip tracing business. 

The  following  table  shows  the  changes  in  finance  receivables,  including  the  amounts  paid  to  acquire  new 

portfolios, for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (amounts in thousands): 

2009

2008

2007

Balance at beginning of year
Acquisitions of finance receivables, net of buybacks (1)
Cash collections applied to principal on finance receivables (2)

$                   

563,830

$                   

410,297

$                   

226,448

282,023

(152,391)

273,746

(120,213)

261,310

(77,461)

Balance at end of year

$                   

693,462

$                   

563,830

$                   

410,297

Estimated Remaining Collections ("ERC")(3)

$                

1,415,446

$                

1,115,565

$                   

902,565

(1)  Agreements  to  purchase  receivables  typically  include  general  representations  and  warranties  from  the 
sellers covering account holders’ death or bankruptcy and accounts settled or disputed prior to sale.  The 
seller can replace or repurchase these accounts.  We refer to repurchased accounts as buybacks.  We also 
capitalize certain acquisition related costs. 

(2)  Cash  collections  applied  to  principal  (also  referred  to  as  amortization)  on  finance  receivables  consists  of 

cash collections less income recognized on finance receivables, net of allowance charges. 

(3)  Estimated  Remaining  Collections  refers  to  the  sum  of  all  future  projected  cash  collections  on  our  owned 
portfolios.  ERC is not a balance sheet item, however, it is provided here for informational purposes. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources  

Historically,  our  primary  sources  of  cash  have  been  cash  flows  from  operations,  bank  borrowings  and 
equity offerings.  Cash has been used for acquisitions of finance receivables, corporate acquisitions, repurchase 
of  our  common  stock,  payment  of  cash  dividends,  repayments  of  bank  borrowings,  purchases  of  property  and 
equipment and working capital to support our growth. 

As  of  December  31,  2009,  total  debt  outstanding  on  our  $365  million  line  of  credit  was  $319.3  million, 
which represents gross availability of $45.7 million.  We currently have in place forward flow commitments over 
the  next  12  months  of  approximately  $157  million.   Additionally  we  plan  to  enter  into  new  or  renewed  flow 
commitments  in  2010  and  close  on  spot  transactions  in  addition  to  the  aforementioned  flow  agreements.   We 
believe  that  funds  generated  from  operations,  together  with  existing  cash  and  available  borrowings  under  our 
credit  agreement  would  be  sufficient  to  finance  our  operations,  planned  capital  expenditures  as  well  as  the 
aforementioned forward flow commitments and a material amount of additional portfolio purchasing in excess of 
the  currently  committed  flow  amounts during  the  next  twelve  months.   However,  we  are very cognizant of the 
current market fundamentals in the debt purchase and company acquisition market which because of significant 
supply  and  tight  capital  availability  could  cause  increased  buying  opportunities  to  arise.   Due  to  these 
opportunities, we have begun working with our bank group on a new and expanded syndicated loan facility, and 
over the next few months we plan to close on an increased syndicated line of credit.  We filed a shelf registration 
during the third quarter of 2009 and may issue debt or equity under that filing as we determine in order to take 
advantage of market opportunities. The outcome of any transaction however is subject to market conditions.  In 
addition, we file taxes using the cost recovery method for tax revenue recognition.  We were notified on June 21, 
2007  that  we  were  being  examined  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  for  the  2005  calendar  year.    The  IRS  has 
44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
concluded its audit and on March 19, 2009 issued Form 4549-A, Income Tax Examination Changes for tax years 
ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.  The IRS has proposed that cost recovery for tax revenue recognition 
does not clearly reflect taxable income and that unused line fees paid on credit facilities should be capitalized and 
amortized rather than taken as a current deduction.  On April 22, 2009, we filed a formal protest of the findings 
contained in the examination report prepared by the IRS.  We believe we have sufficient support for the technical 
merits  of  our  positions  and  that  it  is  more-likely-than-not  that  these  positions  will  ultimately  be  sustained; 
therefore, a reserve for uncertain tax positions is not necessary for these tax positions.  If we are unsuccessful in 
our  appeal,  we  may  be  required  to  pay  the  related  deferred  taxes  and  any  potential  interest  in  the  near-term, 
possibly requiring additional financing from other sources. 

Cash  generated  from  operations  is  dependent  upon  our  ability  to  collect  on  our  defaulted  consumer 
receivables.    Many  factors,  including  the  economy  and  our  ability  to  hire  and  retain  qualified  collectors  and 
managers, are essential to our ability to generate cash flows.  Fluctuations in these factors that cause a negative 
impact on our business could have a material impact on our expected future cash flows. 

Our operating activities provided cash of $85.3 million, $81.7 million and $80.4 million for the years ended 
December  31,  2009,  2008  and  2007,  respectively.    In  these  periods,  cash  from  operations  was  generated 
primarily  from  net  income  earned  through  cash  collections  and  commissions  received  for  the  period.  The 
increase  was  due  mostly  to  an  increase  in  the  amortization  of  share-based  compensation  and  depreciation  and 
amortization  offset  by  a  decrease  in  deferred  taxes  and  a  decrease  in  net  income  to  $44.3  million  for  the  year 
ended December 31, 2009 from $45.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and $48.2 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2007.  The remaining changes were due to net changes in other accounts related to our 
operating activities. 

Our investing activities used cash of $134.3 million, $185.7 million and $192.9 million for the years ended 
December  31,  2009,  2008  and  2007,  respectively.  Cash  provided  by  investing  activities  is  primarily  driven  by 
cash collections applied to principal on finance receivables.  Cash used in investing activities is primarily driven 
by  acquisitions  of  defaulted  consumer  receivables,  purchases  of  property  and  equipment  and  company 
acquisitions.    The  majority  of  the  decrease  was  due  to  net  cash  payments  for  corporate  acquisitions  totaling 
$100,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009  compared  to  $26.0  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2008  and  $409,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2007  as  well  as  an  increase  in  collections  applied  to 
principal on finance receivables to $152.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $120.2 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2008 and $77.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease was 
offset by an increase in acquisitions of finance receivables which increased to $282.0 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2009 from $273.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and $261.3 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2007. 

Our  financing  activities  provided  cash  of  $55.3  million,  $101.2  million  and  $104.2  million  for  the  years 
ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  Cash used in financing activities is primarily driven by 
payments on our line of credit and principal payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations.  Cash is 
provided by draws on our line of credit, proceeds from debt financing and stock option exercises.  The majority 
of the change was due to a decrease in the net borrowings on our line of credit.  We had net draws on our line of 
credit of $51.0 million, $100.3 million and $168.0 million for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

Cash  paid  for  interest  was  $8.0  million,  $11.3  million  and  $2.8  million  for  the  years  ended  December 31, 
2009,  2008  and  2007,  respectively.    The  majority  of  interest  was  paid  on  our  lines  of  credit,  capital  lease 
obligations and other long-term debt. The decrease from the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the 
year  ended  December  31,  2009  was  mainly  due  to  a  decrease  in  our  weighted  average  interest  rate  which 
decreased to 2.62% for the year ended December 31, 2009 from 4.60% for the year ended December 31, 2008, 
partially offset by an increase in our average borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the 
year ended December 31, 2008. The increase from the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the year 
ended December 31, 2008 was mainly due to an increase in our average borrowings for the year ended December 
31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007, partially offset by a decrease in our weighted average 
interest  rate  which  decreased  to  4.60%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008  from  6.64%  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2007. 

On November 29, 2005, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement for a revolving line of credit.  The 
agreement has been amended six times to add additional lenders and ultimately increase the total availability of 
45

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
credit under the line to $365 million.  The agreement is a line of credit in an amount equal to the lesser of $365 
million  or  30%  of  our  ERC  of  all  our  eligible  asset  pools.  Borrowings  under  the  revolving  credit  facility  bear 
interest  at  a  floating  rate  equal  to  the  one  month  LIBOR  Market  Index  Rate  plus  1.40%,  which  was  1.63%  at 
December 31, 2009, and the facility expires on May 2, 2011. We also pay an unused line fee equal to three-tenths 
of  one  percent,  or  30  basis  points,  on  any  unused  portion  of  the  line  of  credit.    The  loan  is  collateralized  by 
substantially all our tangible and intangible assets.  The agreement provides as follows: 

•  monthly borrowings may not exceed 30% of ERC; 
• 

funded debt to EBITDA (defined as net income, less income or plus loss from discontinued operations 
and  extraordinary  items,  plus  income  taxes,  plus  interest  expense,  plus  depreciation,  depletion, 
amortization (including finance receivable amortization) and other non-cash charges) ratio must be less 
than 2.0 to 1.0 calculated on a rolling twelve-month average; 
tangible  net  worth  must  be  at  least  100%  of  tangible  net  worth  reported  at  September  30,  2005,  plus 
25%  of  cumulative  positive  net  income  since  the  end  of  such  fiscal  quarter,  plus  100%  of  the  net 
proceeds  from  any  equity  offering  without  giving  effect  to  reductions  in  tangible  net  worth  due  to 
repurchases of up to $100 million of our common stock; and 
restrictions on change of control.  

• 

• 

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, outstanding borrowings under the facility totaled $319.3 million and 
$268.3  million,  respectively,  of  which  $50.0  million  was  part  of  the  non-revolving  fixed  rate  sub-limit  which 
bears interest at 6.80% and expires on May 4, 2012.  As of December 31, 2009, we were in compliance with all 
of the covenants of the agreement. 

Contractual Obligations 

The following summarizes our contractual obligations that exist as of December 31, 2009 (amounts in 

thousands): 

Contractual Obligations

Operating Leases
Line of Credit (1)
Long-term Debt
Purchase Commitments (2)
Employment Agreements
Total

Payments due by period

Less
than 1
year
$              

3,874

Total
$              

21,535

1 - 3
years

4 - 5
years

$                     

7,597

$                  

6,074

More
than 5
years
$               

3,990

338,538
1,582

11,571
730

326,967
852

-
-

-
-

159,104
11,534
532,293

$            

158,741
8,606
183,522

$           

363
2,928
338,707

$                 

-
-
6,074

$                  

-
-
3,990

$               

(1)  To the extent that a balance is outstanding on our lines of credit, the revolving portion would be due in May, 
2011 and the non-revolving fixed rate sub-limit portion would be due in May 2012.  This amount also includes 
estimated  interest  and  unused  line  fees  due  on  the  line  of  credit  for  both  the  fixed  rate  and  variable  rate 
components as well as interest due on our interest rate swap.  This estimate also assumes that the balance on the 
line of credit remains constant from the December 31, 2009 balance of $319.3 million and the balance is paid in 
full at its maturity. 
(2)  This amount includes the maximum remaining amount to be purchased under forward flow contracts for the 
purchase of charged-off consumer debt in the amount of approximately $157.0 million. 

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements 

 We do not have any off balance sheet arrangements as defined by Regulation S-K 303(a)(4) promulgated 

under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements  

In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance which clarifies the accounting for business combinations in 
accordance  with  FASB  ASC  Topic  805  “Business  Combinations”  (“ASC  805”).    The  guidance  establishes 
principles  and  requirements  for  how  the  acquirer  of  a  business  recognizes  and  measures  in  its  financial 
statements  the  identifiable  assets  acquired,  the  liabilities  assumed,  and  any  non-controlling  interest  in  the 

46

 
 
 
              
              
                   
                      
                    
                  
                  
                         
                      
                    
              
            
                         
                      
                    
                
                
                       
                      
                    
 
 
 
 
 
 
acquiree.  It  also  provides  guidance  for  recognizing  and  measuring  the  goodwill  acquired  in  the  business 
combination,  recognizing  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  arising  from  contingencies,  and  determining 
what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statement to evaluate the nature and financial effects 
of  the  business  combination.  The  guidance  is  effective  for  acquisitions  consummated  in  fiscal  years  beginning 
after  December 15,  2008.  We  adopted  the  guidance  on  January  1,  2009,  which  had  no  material  impact  on  our 
consolidated financial statements.  

In  December 2007,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  on  noncontrolling  interests  in  consolidated  financial 
statements. This guidance requires that the noncontrolling interest in the equity of a subsidiary be accounted for 
and reported as equity, provides revised guidance on the treatment of net income and losses attributable to the 
noncontrolling interest and changes in ownership interests in a subsidiary and requires additional disclosures that 
identify  and  distinguish  between  the  interests  of  the  controlling  and  noncontrolling  owners.  The  guidance  is 
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 with early application prohibited. We adopted the 
guidance on January 1, 2009, which had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In  March 2008,  the  FASB  issued  disclosure  requirements  regarding  derivative  instruments  and  hedging 
activities.  Entities  must  now  provide  enhanced  disclosures  on  an  interim  and  annual  basis  regarding  how  and 
why the entity uses derivatives; how derivatives and related hedged items are accounted for, and how derivatives 
and related hedged items affect the entity’s financial position, financial results and cash flow.  The guidance is 
effective for periods beginning on or after November 15, 2008.  We adopted the guidance effective January 1, 
2009  and  have  added  the  required  narrative  and  tabular  disclosure  in  Note  9  of  our  consolidated  financial 
statements.   

In  April  2008,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  regarding  the  determination  of  the  useful  life  of  intangible 
assets.    In  developing  assumptions  about  renewal  or  extension  options  used  to  determine  the  useful  life  of  an 
intangible asset, an entity needs to consider its own historical experience adjusted for entity-specific factors. In 
the absence of that experience, an entity shall consider the assumptions that market participants would use about 
renewal or extension options. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We 
adopted the guidance on January 1, 2009, which had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In April 2009, the FASB issued guidance on determining fair value when the volume and level of activity 
for an asset or liability has significantly decreased, and in identifying transactions that are not orderly. Based on 
the guidance, if an entity determines that the level of activity for an asset or liability has significantly decreased 
and that a transaction is not orderly, further analysis of transactions or quoted prices is needed, and a significant 
adjustment  to  the  transaction  or  quoted  prices  may  be  necessary  to  estimate  fair  value.  The  guidance  was 
effective  on  a  prospective  basis  for  interim  and  annual  periods  ending  after  June 15,  2009.  We  adopted  the 
guidance  during  the  second  quarter  of  2009,  which  had  no  material  impact  on  our  consolidated  financial 
statements. 

In April 2009, the FASB issued additional requirements regarding interim disclosures about the fair value 
of financial instruments which were previously only disclosed on an annual basis.  Entities are now required to 
disclose the fair value of financial instruments which are not recorded at fair value in the financial statements in 
both their interim and annual financial statements.  The standard is effective for interim reporting periods ending 
after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009.  We adopted these 
requirements  during  the  second  quarter  of  2009,  and  have  added  the  required  disclosure  in  Note  12  of  our 
consolidated financial statements. 

In  April 2009,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  on  the  recognition  and  presentation  of  other-than-temporary 
impairments on investments in debt securities. If an entity’s management asserts that it does not have the intent to 
sell a debt security and it is more likely than not that it will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost 
basis, then an entity may separate other-than-temporary impairments into two components: 1) the amount related 
to credit losses (recorded in earnings), and 2) all other amounts (recorded in other comprehensive income).  The 
guidance  is  effective  for  interim  and  annual  reporting  periods  ending  after  June 15,  2009,  with  early  adoption 
permitted  for  periods  ending  after  March 15,  2009,  and  will  be  applied  to  all  existing  and  new  investments  in 
debt securities.  We adopted the guidance during the second quarter of 2009, which had no material impact on 
our consolidated financial statements. 

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  May 2009,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  on  subsequent  events  which  establishes  general  standards  of 
accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements 
are issued or are available to be issued. This guidance, which falls under ASC Topic 855 “Subsequent Events”,  
provides  guidance  on  the  period  after  the  balance  sheet  date  during  which  management  of  a  reporting  entity 
should  evaluate  events  or  transactions  that  may  occur  for  potential  recognition  or  disclosure  in  the  financial 
statements, the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the 
balance  sheet  date  in  its  financial  statements  and  the  disclosures  that  an  entity  should  make  about  events  or 
transactions  that  occurred  after  the  balance  sheet  date.  We  adopted  the  guidance  during  the  second  quarter  of 
2009,  and  its  application  had  no  impact  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements.  We  evaluated  subsequent 
events through the date the accompanying financial statements were issued, which was November 6, 2009. 

In  June 2009,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  on  accounting  for  transfers  of  financial  assets  to  improve  the 
reporting for the transfer of financial assets.  The guidance must be applied as of the beginning of each reporting 
entity’s  first  annual  reporting  period  that  begins  after  November 15,  2009,  for  interim  periods  within  that  first 
annual reporting period and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter.  Earlier application is prohibited.  
We believe the guidance will have no material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In June 2009, the FASB issued guidance on consolidation of variable interest entities to improve financial 
reporting  by  enterprises  involved  with  variable  interest  entities  and  to  provide  more  relevant  and  reliable 
information  to  users  of  financial  statements.   The  guidance  is  effective  as  of  the  beginning  of  each  reporting 
entity’s  first  annual  reporting  period  that  begins  after  November 15,  2009,  for  interim  periods  within  that  first 
annual reporting period, and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter.  Earlier application is prohibited. 
 We believe the guidance will have no material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In  June 2009,  the  FASB  issued  The  FASB  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“Codification”).   The 
Codification  became  the  single  source  of  authoritative  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles 
(“GAAP”) recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities.  Rules and interpretive releases 
of the SEC under authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. 
   The  Codification  supersedes  all  existing  non-SEC  accounting  and  reporting  standards.   All  other  non-
grandfathered  non-SEC  accounting  literature  not  included  in  the  Codification  is  non-authoritative.   The 
Codification  was  effective  for  financial  statements  issued  for  interim  and  annual  periods  ending  after 
September 15, 2009.    We adopted the Codification for the quarter ending September 30, 2009.  There was no 
impact to our consolidated financial statements as this change is disclosure-only in nature.  

Critical Accounting Policies 

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. generally accepted 
accounting principles and our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations require 
our  management  to  make  judgments,  assumptions  and  estimates  that  affect  the  amounts  reported  in  our 
consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.  We base our estimates on historical experience and 
on various other assumptions we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the 
basis  for  making  judgments  about  the  carrying  values  of  assets  and  liabilities.  Actual  results  may  differ  from 
these estimates and such differences may be material. 

Management believes our critical accounting policies and estimates are those related to revenue recognition, 
valuation  of  acquired  intangibles  and  goodwill  and  income  taxes.    Management  believes  these  policies  to  be 
critical because they are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results, and they require 
management  to  make  judgments  and  estimates  about  matters  that  are  inherently  uncertain.  Our  senior 
management has reviewed these critical accounting policies and related disclosures with the Audit Committee of 
our Board of Directors. 

Revenue Recognition 

We  acquire  accounts  that  have  experienced  deterioration  of  credit  quality  between  origination  and  our 
acquisition of the accounts.  The amount paid for an account reflects our determination that it is probable we will 
be unable to collect all amounts due according to the account's contractual terms. At acquisition, we review each 
account  to  determine  whether  there  is  evidence  of  deterioration  of  credit  quality  since  origination  and  if  it  is 
probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the account's contractual terms. If both 
48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
conditions  exist,  we  determine  whether  each  such  account  is  to  be  accounted  for  individually  or  whether  such 
accounts will be assembled into pools based on common risk characteristics. We consider expected prepayments 
and estimate the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal, interest and other cash flows for each 
acquired  portfolio  and  subsequently  aggregated  pools  of  accounts.  We  determine  the  excess  of  the  pool's 
scheduled contractual principal and contractual interest payments over all cash flows expected at acquisition as 
an  amount  that  should  not  be  accreted  (nonaccretable  difference)  based  on our  proprietary  acquisition  models. 
The  remaining  amount,  representing  the  excess  of  the  account's  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected  over  the 
amount paid, is accreted into income recognized on finance receivables over the remaining life of the account or 
pool (accretable yield). 

We account for our investment in finance receivables under the guidance of ASC 310-30.  Under ASC 310-
30  static  pools  of  accounts  may  be  established.   These  pools  are  aggregated  based  on  certain  common  risk 
criteria.     Each  static  pool  is  recorded  at  cost,  which  includes  certain  direct  costs  of  acquisition  paid  to  third 
parties,  and  is  accounted  for  as  a  single  unit  for  the  recognition  of  income,  principal  payments  and  loss 
provision.  Once a static pool is established for a quarter, individual receivable accounts are not added to the pool 
(unless  replaced  by  the  seller)  or  removed  from  the  pool  (unless  sold  or  returned  to  the  seller).   ASC  310-30 
requires  that  the  excess  of  the  contractual  cash  flows  over  expected  cash  flows  not  be  recognized  as  an 
adjustment of revenue or expense or on the balance sheet. ASC 310-30 initially freezes the IRR estimated when 
the  accounts  receivable  are  purchased  as  the  basis  for  subsequent  impairment  testing.   Significant  increases  in 
expected  future  cash  flows  may  be  recognized  prospectively  through  an  upward  adjustment  of  the  IRR  over  a 
portfolio’s  remaining  life.   Any  increase  to  the  IRR  then  becomes  the  new  benchmark  for  impairment  testing.  
Effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2004  under  ASC  310-30,  rather  than  lowering  the 
estimated IRR if the collection estimates are not received or projected to be received (as was permitted under the 
prior accounting guidance), the carrying value of a pool would be written down to maintain the then current IRR 
and  is  shown  as  a  reduction  in  revenue  in  the  consolidated  income  statements  with  a  corresponding  valuation 
allowance offsetting finance receivables, net, on the consolidated balance sheet.  Income on finance receivables 
is  accrued  quarterly  based  on  each  static  pool’s  effective  IRR.  Quarterly  cash  flows  greater  than  the  interest 
accrual will reduce the carrying value of the static pool.  This reduction in carrying value is defined as payments 
applied to principal (also referred to as finance receivable amortization).  Likewise, cash flows that are less than 
the  interest  accrual  will  accrete  the  carrying  balance.   Generally,  we  do  not  allow  accretion  in  the  first  six  to 
twelve  months;  accordingly,  we  utilize  either  the  cost  recovery  method  or  cash  method  when  necessary  to 
prevent accretion as permitted by ASC 310-30.  The IRR is estimated and periodically recalculated based on the 
timing and amount of anticipated cash flows using our proprietary collection models.  A pool can become fully 
amortized  (zero  carrying  balance  on  the  balance  sheet)  while  still  generating  cash  collections.   In  this  case,  all 
cash collections are recognized as revenue when received.  Under the cash method, revenue is recognized as it 
would be under the interest method up to the amount of cash collections.  Additionally, we use the cost recovery 
method when collections on a particular pool of accounts cannot be reasonably predicted.  These pools are not 
aggregated with other portfolios.  Under the cost recovery method, no revenue is recognized until we have fully 
collected the cost of the portfolio, or until such time that we consider the collections to be probable and estimable 
and begin to recognize income based on the interest method as described above.   

We  establish  valuation  allowances  for  all  acquired  accounts  subject  to  ASC  310-30  to  reflect  only  those 
losses incurred after acquisition (that is, the present value of cash flows initially expected at acquisition that are 
no longer expected to be collected). Valuation allowances are established only subsequent to acquisition of the 
accounts.  At December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had a valuation allowance of $51.3 million and $23.6 million, 
respectively, on our finance receivables.  Prior to January 1, 2005, in the event that a reduction of the yield to as 
low as zero in conjunction with estimated future cash collections that were inadequate to amortize the carrying 
balance, an allowance charge would be taken with a corresponding write-off of the receivable balance. 

We implement the accounting for income recognized on finance receivables under ASC 310-30 as follows.  
We create each accounting pool using our projections of estimated cash flows and expected economic life.  We 
then compute the effective yield that fully amortizes the pool to the end of its expected economic life based on 
the  current  projections  of  estimated  cash  flows.   As  actual  cash  flow  results  are  recorded,  we  balance  those 
results  to  the  data  contained  in  our  proprietary  models  to  ensure  accuracy,  then  review  each  accounting  pool 
watching for trends, actual performance versus projections and curve shape, sometimes re-forecasting future cash 
flows utilizing our statistical models.  The review process is primarily performed by our finance staff; however, 
our operational and statistical staffs may also be involved depending upon actual cash flow results achieved.  To 
the  extent  there  is  overperformance,  we  will  either  increase  the  yield,  if  persuasive  evidence  indicates  that  the 
49

 
 
 
 
 
overperformance is considered to be a significant betterment, or, if the overperformance is considered more of an 
acceleration of cash flows (a timing difference), adjust future cash flows downward which effectively extends the 
amortization period, or take no action at all if the amortization period is reasonable and falls within the pools’ 
expected  economic  life.   To  the  extent  there  is  underperformance,  we  will  book  an  allowance  if  the 
underperformance  is  significant  and  will  also  consider  revising  future  cash  flows  based  on  current  period 
information,  or  take  no  action  if  the  pool’s  amortization  period  is  reasonable  and  falls  within  the  currently 
projected economic life.  

We  utilize  the  provisions  of  ASC  Topic  605-45  “Principal  Agent  Considerations”  (“ASC  605-45”)  to 
account  for  commission  revenue  from  our  skip-tracing  and  government  processing  and  collection  subsidiaries.  
ASC  605-45 requires an analysis to be completed to determine if certain revenues should be reported gross or 
reported  net  of  their  related  operating  expense.    This  analysis  includes  an  assessment  of  who  retains 
inventory/credit  risk,  who  controls  vendor  selection,  who  establishes  pricing  and  who  remains  the  primary 
obligor on the transaction.  Each of these factors was considered to determine the correct method of recognizing 
revenue from our subsidiaries.   

Our skip tracing subsidiary utilizes gross reporting under ASC 605-45.  We generate revenue by working 
an  account  and  successfully  locating  a  customer  for  our  client.    An  “investigative  fee”  is  received  for  these 
services.  In addition, we incur “agent expenses” where we hire a third-party collector to effectuate repossession.  
In many cases we have an arrangement with our client which allows us to bill the client for these fees.  We have 
determined these fees to be gross revenue based on the criteria in ASC 605-45 and they are recorded as such in 
the  line  item  “Commissions,”  primarily  because  we  are  primarily  liable  to  the  third  party  collector.  There  is  a 
corresponding expense in “Legal and agency fees and costs” for these pass-through items.    

Our government processing and collection business’s primary source of income is derived from servicing 
taxing  authorities  in  several  different  ways:    processing  all  of  their  tax  payments  and  tax  forms,  collecting 
delinquent  taxes,  identifying  taxes  that  are  not  being  paid  and  auditing  tax  payments.    The  processing  and 
collection  pieces  are  standard  commission  based  billings  or  fee  for  service transactions.  When we conduct an 
audit,  there  are  two  components.    The  first  is  a  charge  for  the  hours  incurred  on  conducting  the  audit.    This 
charge  is  for  hours  worked.    This  charge  is  up-charged  from  the  actual  costs  incurred.    The  gross  billing  is  a 
component  of  the  line  item  “Commissions”  and  the  expense  is  included  in  the  line  item  “Compensation  and 
employee  services.”    The  second  item  is  for  expenses  incurred  while  conducting  the  audit.    Most  jurisdictions 
will reimburse us for direct expenses incurred for the audit including such items as travel and meals.  The billed 
amounts are included in the line item “Commissions” and the expense component is included in its appropriate 
expense category, generally, “Other operating expenses.” 

Valuation of Acquired Intangibles and Goodwill 

In  accordance  with  ASC  Topic  350  “Intangibles—Goodwill  and  Other”  (“ASC  350”)  we  are  required  to 
perform a review of goodwill for impairment annually or earlier if indicators of potential impairment exist. The 
review  of  goodwill  for  potential  impairment  is  highly  subjective  and  requires  that:  (1) goodwill  is  allocated  to 
various reporting units of our business to which it relates; and (2) we estimate the fair value of those reporting 
units to which the goodwill relates and then determine the book value of those reporting units.  If the estimated 
fair  value  of  reporting  units  with  allocated  goodwill  is  determined  to  be  less  than  their  book  value,  we  are 
required  to  estimate  the  fair  value  of  all  identifiable  assets  and  liabilities  of  those  reporting  units  in  a  manner 
similar  to  a  purchase  price  allocation  for  an  acquired  business.  This  requires  independent  valuation  of  certain 
unrecognized  assets.  Once  this  process  is  complete,  the  amount  of  goodwill  impairment,  if  any,  can  be 
determined. 

We  believe  that,  at  December  31,  2009,  there  was  no  impairment  of  goodwill  or  other  intangible  assets. 
However,  changes  in  various  circumstances  including  changes  in  our  market  capitalization,  changes  in  our 
forecasts  and  changes  in  our  internal  business  structure  could  cause  one  of  our  reporting  units  to  be  valued 
differently thereby causing an impairment of goodwill. Additionally, in response to changes in our industry and 
changes  in  global  or  regional  economic  conditions,  we  may  strategically  realign  our  resources  and  consider 
restructuring, disposing or otherwise exiting businesses, which could result in an impairment of some or all of 
our identifiable intangibles or goodwill. 

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Taxes 

We  record  a  tax  provision  for  the  anticipated  tax  consequences  of  the  reported  results  of  operations.    In 
accordance with ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”) the provision for income taxes is computed using 
the  asset  and  liability  method,  under  which  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  expected 
future  tax  consequences  of  temporary  differences  between  the  financial  reporting  and  tax  bases  of  assets  and 
liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured 
using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets 
are expected to be realized or settled.  On July 13, 2006, the FASB issued guidance on accounting for uncertainty 
in  income  taxes.   This  guidance  clarifies  the  accounting  for  uncertainty  in  income  taxes  recognized  in  an 
enterprise's financial statements in accordance with ASC 740.  The guidance prescribes a recognition threshold 
and  measurement  attribute  for  the  financial  statement  recognition  and  measurement  of  a  tax  position  taken  or 
expected  to  be  taken  in  a  tax  return.   It  also  provides  guidance  on  derecognition,  classification,  interest  and 
penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.  The evaluation of a tax position in accordance 
with  the  guidance  is  a  two-step  process.   The  first  step  is  recognition:  the  enterprise  determines  whether  it  is 
more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related 
appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position.  In evaluating whether a tax position 
has  met  the  more-likely-than-not  recognition  threshold,  the  enterprise  should  presume  that  the  position  will  be 
examined  by  the  appropriate  taxing  authority  that  would  have full knowledge of all relevant information.  The 
second step is measurement: a tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured 
to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements.  The tax position is measured as the 
largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  Tax 
positions  that  previously  failed  to  meet  the  more-likely-than-not  recognition  threshold  should  be  recognized  in 
the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met.  Previously recognized tax positions 
that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent 
financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met.    

Effective  with  our  2002  tax  filings,  we  adopted  the  cost  recovery  method  of  income  recognition  for  tax 
purposes.  We  believe  cost  recovery  to  be  an  acceptable  method  for  companies  in  the  bad  debt  purchasing 
industry  and  results  in  the  reduction  of  current  taxable  income  as,  for  tax  purposes,  collections  on  finance 
receivables  are  applied  first  to  principal  to  reduce  the  finance  receivables  to  zero  before  any  income  is 
recognized. 

We believe it is more likely than not that forecasted income, including income that may be generated as a 
result  of  certain  tax  planning  strategies,  together  with  the  tax  effects  of  the  deferred  tax  liabilities,  will  be 
sufficient to fully recover the remaining deferred tax assets.  In the event that all or part of the deferred tax assets 
are  determined  not  to  be  realizable  in  the  future,  a  valuation  allowance  would  be  established  and  charged  to 
earnings in the period such determination is made.  Similarly, if we subsequently realize deferred tax assets that 
were previously determined to be unrealizable, the respective valuation allowance would be reversed, resulting in 
a  positive  adjustment  to  earnings  in  the  period  such  determination  is  made.  In  addition,  the  calculation  of  tax 
liabilities  involves  significant  judgment  in  estimating  the  impact  of  uncertainties  in  the  application of complex 
tax laws.  Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with our expectations could have a material 
impact on our results of operations and financial position. 

 Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk. 

Our  exposure  to  market  risk  relates  to  interest  rate  risk  with  our  variable  rate  credit  line.    The  average 
borrowings on our variable rate credit line were $234.9 million and $182.4 million for the years ended December 
31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Assuming a 200 basis point increase in interest rates, interest expense would 
have increased by $4.8 million and $3.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had $269.3 million and $218.3 million, respectively, of variable rate debt 
outstanding  on  our  credit  lines.  We  do  not  have  any  other  variable  rate  debt  outstanding  as  of  December  31, 
2009.    Significant  increases  in  future  interest  rates  on  the  variable  rate  credit  line  could  lead  to  a  material 
decrease in future earnings assuming all other factors remained constant. 

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 

See Item 6 for quarterly consolidated financial statements for 2008 and 2009. 

Index to Financial Statements 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms 
Consolidated Balance Sheets  

as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 

Consolidated Income Statements   

for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and 

Comprehensive Income 
for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

Page 
53-55  

56 

57 

58 

59 
60-80 

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.: 

We have audited Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting 
as  of  December 31,  2009,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
(COSO).  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining 
effective internal  control over financial  reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of 
internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on 
Internal Control over Financial Reporting (Item 9A). Our responsibility is to express an opinion 
on  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our 
audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was 
maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal 
control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and  testing 
and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed 
risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the 
circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide 
reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of 
financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and 
procedures  that  (1) pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately 
and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (2) provide 
reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of 
financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that 
receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations 
of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or 
detect  misstatements.  Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are 
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that 
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in 
Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations 
of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight  Board  (United  States),  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Portfolio  Recovery 
Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated 
income  statements,  and  statements  of  changes  in  stockholders’  equity  and  comprehensive 
income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009, 
and our report dated February 16, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated 
financial statements. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Norfolk, Virginia 
February 16, 2010 

54

 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.: 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Portfolio  Recovery 
Associates,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the Company)  as  of  December 31,  2009  and  2008,  and  the 
related  consolidated  income  statements,  and  statements  of  changes  in  stockholders’  equity  and 
comprehensive  income,  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended 
December 31,  2009.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the 
Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated 
financial statements based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance  with  the standards of the Public Company Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles 
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial 
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all 
material respects, the financial position of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries 
as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for 
each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  December 31,  2009,  in  conformity  with 
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight  Board  (United  States),  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.’s  internal  control  over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control – 
Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 16, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion 
on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Norfolk, Virginia  
February 16, 2010 

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
  December 31, 2009 and 2008 
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Assets

2009

2008

Cash and cash equivalents
Finance receivables, net
Accounts receivable, net
Income taxes receivable
Property and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Other assets

$            

20,265
693,462
9,169
4,460
21,864
29,299
10,756
5,158

$            

13,901
563,830
8,278
3,587
23,884
27,546
13,429
3,385

Total assets

$          

794,433

$          

657,840

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Accrued payroll and bonuses
Deferred tax liability
Line of credit
Long-term debt
Obligations under capital lease
Derivative instrument
Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)
Stockholders' equity:

Preferred stock, par value $0.01, authorized shares, 2,000,

issued and outstanding shares - 0

Common stock, par value $0.01, authorized shares, 30,000,

15,596 issued and 15,514 outstanding shares - at December 31, 2009, and
15,398 issued and 15,286 outstanding shares - at December 31, 2008.

Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net of taxes

Total stockholders' equity

$             

4,108
4,506
11,633
117,206
319,300
1,499
-
701
458,953

$             

3,438
4,314
9,850
88,070
268,300
-
5
-
373,977

-

-

155
82,400
253,353
(428)
335,480

153
74,574
209,047
89
283,863

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

$          

794,433

$          

657,840

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

56

 
 
 
 
    
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Consolidated Income Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 
(Amounts in thousands, except per shares amounts) 

Revenues:

Income recognized on finance receivables, net
Commissions

$        

215,612
65,479

$        

206,486
56,789

$        

184,705
36,043

2009

2008

2007

Total revenues

Operating expenses:

    Compensation and employee services
    Legal and agency fees and costs
    Outside fees and services
    Communications
    Rent and occupancy
    Other operating expenses
    Depreciation and amortization

Total operating expenses

Income from operations

Other income and (expense):

Interest income
Interest expense

Income before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

281,091

263,275

220,748

106,388
46,978
9,570
14,773
4,761
8,799
9,213

200,482

80,609

3
(7,909)

72,703

28,397

88,073
52,869
8,883
10,304
3,908
6,977
7,424

69,022
40,187
7,287
8,531
3,105
5,915
5,517

178,438

139,564

84,837

81,184

60
(11,151)

73,746

28,384

419
(3,704)

77,899

29,658

Net income

$          

44,306

$           

45,362

$          

48,241

Net income per common share

Basic
Diluted

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

Basic
Diluted

$            
$            

2.87
2.87

$             
$             

2.98
2.97

$            
$            

3.08
3.06

15,420
15,454

15,229
15,292

15,646
15,779

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income 
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amount) 

Common
Stock
$          

160

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Retained
Earnings

$       

115,528

$          

131,591

Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income/(Loss)
$                         
-

Total
Stockholders'
Equity

$             

247,279

Balance at December 31, 2006

Net income
Exercise of stock options and vesting of nonvested shares
Issuance of common stock for acquisition
Repurchase and cancellation of common stock
Cash dividends paid ($1.00 per common share)
Amortization of share-based compensation
Income tax benefit from share-based compensation
Adoption of FIN 48

-
2

(10)
-
-
-
-

-
2,072
50
(50,547)
-
2,575
1,575
190

48,241
-
-
-
(16,070)
-
-
(77)

Balance at December 31, 2007

$          

152

$        

71,443

$          

163,685

$                         
-

Net income
Net unrealized change in:

Interest rate swap derivative

Comprehensive income
Exercise of stock options and vesting of nonvested shares
Issuance of common stock for acquisition
Amortization of share-based compensation
Income tax benefit from share-based compensation
Reversal of FIN 48 reserve

-

-

1
-
-
-
-

-

-

606
1,847
141
357
180

45,362

-

-
-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-

89

-
-
-
-
-

48,241
2,074
50
(50,557)
(16,070)
2,575
1,575
113

$             

235,280

45,362

89
45,451
607
1,847
141
357
180

Balance at December 31, 2008

$          

153

$        

74,574

$          

209,047

$                          

89

$             

283,863

Net income
Net unrealized change in:

Interest rate swap derivative, net of tax

Comprehensive income
Exercise of stock options and vesting of nonvested shares
Issuance of common stock for acquisition
Amortization of share-based compensation
Income tax benefit from share-based compensation

-

-

2
-
-
-

-

-

1,913
1,170
3,820
923

44,306

-

-
-
-
-

-

(517)

-
-
-
-

44,306

(517)
43,789
1,915
1,170
3,820
923

Balance at December 31, 2009

$         

155

$       

82,400

$         

253,353

$                       

(428)

$            

335,480

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

58

 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 

Cash flows from operating activities:

  Net income
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
        provided by operating activities:
    Amortization of share-based compensation
    Depreciation and amortization
    Deferred tax expense
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Other assets
      Accounts receivable
      Accounts payable
      Income taxes
      Accrued expenses
      Accrued payroll and bonuses

2009

2008

2007

$              

44,306

$              

45,362

$              

48,241

3,820
9,213
28,927

(1,862)
(891)
670
(873)
192
1,783

141
7,424
30,854

(555)
(1,663)
(1,167)
(385)
(413)
2,120

2,575
5,517
24,126

(140)
(2,199)
1,164
(1,319)
1,816
575

Net cash provided by operating activities

85,285

81,718

80,356

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of property and equipment
Acquisition of finance receivables, net of buybacks
Collections applied to principal on finance receivables
Acquisitions, including acquisition costs and net of cash acquired

(4,521)
(282,023)
152,391
(100)

(6,139)
(273,746)
120,213
(26,041)

(8,662)
(261,310)
77,461
(409)

Net cash used in investing activities

(134,253)

(185,713)

(192,920)

Cash flows from financing activities:

Dividends paid
Proceeds from exercise of options
Income tax benefit from share-based compensation
Proceeds from line of credit
Principal payments on line of credit
Repurchases of common stock
Proceeds from long-term debt
Principal payments on long-term debt
Principal payments on capital lease obligations

Net cash provided by financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

-
1,915
923
123,500
(72,500)
-
2,036
(537)
(5)
-
55,332

6,364

13,901

-
607
357
171,300
(71,000)
-
-
-
(98)
-
101,166

(16,070)
2,074
1,575
171,000
(3,000)
(50,557)
-
(690)
(139)
-
104,193

(2,829)

(8,371)

16,730

25,101

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

$              

20,265

$              

13,901

$              

16,730

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

Cash paid for interest
Cash paid for income taxes

Noncash investing and financing activities:
Common stock issued for acquisition
Net unrealized change in fair value of derivative instrument

$                
$                   

8,004
365

11,322
$              
$                       
3

$                
$                

2,779
5,289

$                
$                  

1,170
(790)

$                
$                     

1,847
89

$                     
50
$                        
-

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

59

 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

1. Organization and Business: 

Portfolio Recovery Associates, LLC (“PRA”) was formed on March 20, 1996.  Portfolio Recovery Associates, 
Inc. (“PRA Inc”) was formed in August 2002.  On November 8, 2002, PRA Inc completed its initial public offering 
(“IPO”) of common stock.  As a result, all of the membership units and warrants of PRA were exchanged on a one 
to one basis for warrants and shares of a single class of common stock of PRA Inc.  PRA Inc owns all outstanding 
membership  units  of  PRA,  PRA  Holding  I,  LLC,  PRA  Holding  II,  LLC,  PRA  Holding  III,  LLC  (“PRA  Holding 
III”),  PRA  Receivables  Management,  LLC  (formerly  d/b/a  Anchor  Receivables  Management),  PRA  Location 
Services, LLC (d/b/a IGS Nevada), PRA Government Services, LLC (d/b/a RDS) and MuniServices, LLC.  PRA 
Inc,  a  Delaware  corporation,  and  its  subsidiaries  (collectively,  the  “Company”)  are  full-service  providers  of 
outsourced receivables management and related services.   The Company is engaged in the business of purchasing, 
managing and collecting portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables, as well as offering a broad range of accounts 
receivable  management  and  payment  processing  services.    The  majority  of  the  Company’s  business  activities 
involve the purchase, management and collection of defaulted consumer receivables.  These accounts are purchased 
from  sellers  of  finance  receivables  and  collected  by  a  highly  skilled  staff  whose  purpose  is  to  locate  and  contact 
customers  and  arrange  payment  or  resolution  of  their  debts.    The  Company,  through  its  Litigation  Department, 
collects  accounts  judicially,  either  by  using  its  own  attorneys,  or  by  contracting  with  independent  attorneys 
throughout  the  country  through  whom  the  Company  takes  legal  action  to  satisfy  consumer  debts.    The  Company 
also  services  receivables  on  behalf  of  clients  on  either  a  commission  or  transaction-fee  basis.    Clients  include 
entities in the financial services, auto, retail, utility, health care and government sectors.  Services provided to these 
clients  include  obtaining  location  information  for  clients  in  support  of  their  collection  activities  (known  as  skip 
tracing), and the management of both delinquent and non-delinquent receivables for government entities. 

On December 28, 1999, PRA formed a wholly owned subsidiary, PRA Holding I, LLC (“PRA Holding I”), and 
is the sole member.  The purpose of PRA Holding I is to enter into leases of office space and hold the Company’s 
real property (see Note 10) in Hutchinson, Kansas, Norfolk, Virginia and other real and personal property. 

On June 1, 2000, PRA formed a wholly owned subsidiary, PRA Receivables Management, LLC (d/b/a Anchor 
Receivables  Management)  (“Anchor”)  and  was  the  sole  initial  member.    Anchor  was  organized  as  a  contingent 
collection  agency  and  contracted  with holders  of  finance  receivables  to  attempt  collection  efforts  on  a  contingent 
basis for a stated period of time.  Anchor became fully operational during April 2001.  The Company purchased the 
equity  interest  in  Anchor  from  PRA  immediately  after  the  IPO.    The  Company  ceased  its  Anchor  contingent  fee 
operation  during  the  second  quarter  of  2008,  but  PRA  Receivables  Management,  LLC  continues  to  serve  as  the 
operational entity for the Company’s bankruptcy department. 

On October 1, 2004, the Company acquired the assets of IGS Nevada, Inc., a privately held company specializing 
in asset-location and debt resolution services (the resulting business is referred to herein as “IGS”).  On September 
10, 2004, the Company created a wholly owned subsidiary, PRA Location Services, LLC d/b/a IGS to operate IGS.   

On July 29, 2005, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and liabilities of Alatax, Inc., a provider of 
outsourced business revenue administration, audit and debt discovery/recovery services for local governments (the 
resulting  business  is  referred  to  herein  as  “RDS”).        Although  most  of  its  clients  are  located  in  Alabama,  RDS, 
through PRA Government Services, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary formed by the Company on June 23, 2005, 
began expanding into surrounding states. 

On October 13, 2006, PRA formed a wholly owned subsidiary, PRA Holding II, LLC (“PRA Holding II”), and is 
the sole member.  The purpose of PRA Holding II is to hold the Company’s real property in Jackson, Tennessee and 
other real and personal property. 

On July 1, 2008, the Company acquired 100% of the membership interests of MuniServices, LLC (the resulting 
business is referred to herein as “MuniServices”).  MuniServices was founded in 1978 and is a provider of revenue 
enhancement and related services to state and local governments.  The consolidated income statements include the 
results of operations of MuniServices for the period from July 1, 2008 through December 31, 2009.   

 On August 1, 2008, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Broussard Partners and Associates, 
Inc.  (“BPA”),  which  is  operating  as  a  part  of  RDS.    BPA,  founded  in  1995,  is  a  provider  of  audit  services  to 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

parishes in Louisiana.  The consolidated income statements include the results of operations of BPA for the period 
from August 1, 2008 through December 31, 2009. 

On October 9, 2009, PRA formed a wholly owned subsidiary, PRA Holding III, LLC (“PRA Holding III”) d/b/a 
PRA  Cafe.    The  purpose  of  PRA  Holding  III  is  to  own  and  operate  the  Company’s  employee  café located at the 
Company’s headquarters on Norfolk, Virginia. 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: 

Principles  of  accounting  and  consolidation:    The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  are 
prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and  include  the  accounts  of  PRA  Inc, 
PRA,  PRA  Holding  I,  PRA  Holding  II,  PRA  Holding  III,  IGS,  RDS  and  MuniServices.    All  significant 
intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated.    Under  the  guidance  of  the  Financial  Accounting 
Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  Topic  280  “Segment  Reporting”  (“ASC 
280”), the Company has determined that it has several operating segments that meet the aggregation criteria of ASC 
280, and therefore, it has one reportable segment, accounts receivable management, based on similarities among the 
operating units including homogeneity of services, service delivery methods and use of technology. 

Cash  and  cash  equivalents:    The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  a  maturity  of  three 
months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.  Included in cash and cash equivalents are funds held on the 
behalf of others arising from the collection of accounts placed with the Company.  The balance of the funds held on 
behalf  of  others  was  $1,709,673  and  $1,112,175  at  December  31,  2009  and  2008,  respectively.      There  is  an 
offsetting liability that is included in “Accounts payable” on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. 

Other assets:  Other assets consist mainly of prepaid expenses and deposits.  

Concentrations of credit risk:  Financial instruments, which potentially expose the Company to concentrations 
of  credit  risk,  consist  primarily  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  investments.    The  Company  places  its  cash  and 
cash equivalents and investments with high quality financial institutions.  At times, cash balances may be in excess 
of the amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities:  The Company accounts for derivatives and hedging activities 
in  accordance  with  FASB ASC  Topic  815  “Derivatives  and  Hedging”  (“ASC  815”),  which  requires  entities  to 
recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet at their respective fair values. 
For  derivatives  designated  in  hedging  relationships,  changes  in  the  fair  value  are  either  offset  through  earnings 
against  the  change  in  fair  value  of  the  hedged  item  attributable  to  the  risk  being  hedged  or  recognized  in 
accumulated other comprehensive income or loss until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. 

The  Company  only  enters  into  derivative  contracts  that  it  intends  to  designate  as  a  hedge  of  a  forecasted 
transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow 
hedge).  For  all  hedging  relationships,  the  Company  formally  documents  the  hedging  relationship  and  its 
risk-management  objective  and  strategy  for  undertaking  the  hedge,  the  hedging  instrument,  the  hedged  item,  the 
nature  of  the  risk  being  hedged,  how  the  hedging  instrument’s  effectiveness  in  offsetting  the  hedged  risk  will  be 
assessed  prospectively  and  retrospectively,  and  a  description  of  the  method  of  measuring  ineffectiveness.  The 
Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that 
are  used  in  hedging  transactions  are  highly  effective  in  offsetting  cash  flows  of  hedged  items.  For  derivative 
instruments  that  are  designated  and  qualify  as  a  cash-flow  hedge,  the  effective  portion  of  the  gain  or  loss  on  the 
derivative  is  reported  as  a  component  of  other  comprehensive  income  and  reclassified  into  earnings  in  the  same 
period  or  periods  during  which  the  hedged  transaction  affects  earnings.  Gains  and  losses  on  the  derivative 
representing  either  hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are 
recognized in current earnings. 

The  Company  discontinues  hedge  accounting  prospectively  when  it  determines  that  the  derivative  is  no  longer 
effective in offsetting cash flows of the hedged item, the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, the 
derivative is dedesignated as a hedging instrument because it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur, or 
management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate. 

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

In all situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued and the derivative is retained, the Company continues 
to carry the derivative at its fair value on the balance sheet and recognizes any subsequent changes in its fair value 
in  earnings.  When  it  is  probable  that  a  forecasted  transaction  will  not  occur,  the  Company  discontinues  hedge 
accounting and recognizes immediately in earnings gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive 
income. 

Finance receivables and income recognition: The Company’s principal business consists of the acquisition and 
collection  of  pools  of  accounts  that  have  experienced  deterioration  of  credit  quality  between  origination  and  the 
Company's acquisition of the accounts.  The amount paid for any pool reflects the Company’s determination that it 
is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to an account's contractual terms. At 
acquisition, the Company reviews the portfolio both by account and aggregate pool to determine whether there is 
evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination and if it is probable that the Company will be unable to 
collect  all  amounts  due  according  to  the  account's  contractual  terms.  If  both  conditions  exist,  the  Company 
determines  whether  each  such  account  is  to  be  accounted  for  individually  or  whether  such  accounts  will  be 
assembled  into  pools  based  on  common  risk  characteristics.  The  Company  considers  expected  prepayments  and 
estimates the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal, interest and other cash flows for each acquired 
portfolio  and  subsequently  aggregates  pools  of  accounts.  The  Company  determines  the  excess  of  the  pool's 
scheduled contractual principal and contractual interest payments over all cash flows expected at acquisition as an 
amount  that  should  not  be  accreted  (nonaccretable  difference)  based  on  the  Company’s  proprietary  acquisition 
models. The remaining amount, representing the excess of the pool's cash flows expected to be collected over the 
amount  paid,  is  accreted  into  income  recognized  on  finance  receivables  over  the  remaining  life  of  the  pool 
(accretable yield). 

The Company accounts for its investment in finance receivables under the guidance of FASB ASC Topic 310-30 
“Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality” (“ASC 310-30”).  Under ASC 310-30, static 
pools  of  accounts  may  be  established.    These  pools  are  aggregated  based  on  certain  common  risk  criteria.    Each 
static  pool  is  recorded  at  cost,  which  includes  certain  direct  costs  of  acquisition  paid  to  third  parties,  and  is 
accounted for as a single unit for the recognition of income, principal payments and loss provision.  Once a static 
pool  is  established  for  a  quarter,  individual  receivable  accounts  are not added to the pool (unless replaced by the 
seller) or removed from the pool (unless sold or returned to the seller).  ASC 310-30 requires that the excess of the 
contractual cash flows over expected cash flows not be recognized as an adjustment of revenue or expense or on the 
balance  sheet.  ASC  310-30  initially  freezes  the  internal  rate  of  return,  referred  to  as  IRR,  estimated  when  the 
accounts receivable are purchased as the basis for subsequent impairment testing.  Significant increases in actual, or 
expected  future  cash  flows  may  be  recognized  prospectively  through  an  upward  adjustment  of  the  IRR  over  a 
portfolio’s  remaining  life.  Any  increase  to  the  IRR  then  becomes  the  new  benchmark  for  impairment  testing.  
Effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2004 under ASC 310-30, rather than lowering the estimated 
IRR  if  the  collection  estimates  are  not  received  or  projected  to  be  received  (as  was  permitted  under  the  prior 
accounting guidance), the carrying value of a pool would be written down to maintain the then current IRR and is 
shown as a reduction in revenue in the consolidated income statements with a corresponding valuation allowance 
offsetting  finance  receivables,  net,  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheet.    Income  on  finance  receivables  is  accrued 
quarterly based on each static pool’s effective IRR. Quarterly cash flows greater than the interest accrual will reduce 
the carrying value of the static pool.  This reduction in carrying value is defined as payments applied to principal 
(also referred to as finance receivable amortization).  Likewise, cash flows that are less than the interest accrual will 
accrete  the  carrying  balance.    The  Company  generally  does  not  allow  accretion  in  the  first  six  to  twelve  months; 
accordingly,  the  Company  utilizes  either  the  cost  recovery  method  or  cash  method  when  necessary  to  prevent 
accretion as permitted by ASC 310-30.  The IRR is estimated and periodically recalculated based on the timing and 
amount  of  anticipated  cash  flows  using  the  Company’s  proprietary  collection  models.    A  pool  can  become  fully 
amortized (zero carrying balance on the balance sheet) while still generating cash collections.  In this case, all cash 
collections are recognized as revenue when received.  Under the cash method, revenue is recognized as it would be 
under the interest method up to the amount of cash collections.  Additionally, the Company uses the cost recovery 
method  when  collections  on  a  particular  pool  of  accounts  cannot  be  reasonably  predicted.    These  pools  are  not 
aggregated with other portfolios.  Under the cost recovery method, no revenue is recognized until the Company has 
fully collected the cost of the portfolio, or until such time that the Company considers the collections to be probable 
and estimable and begins to recognize income based on the interest method as described above.  At December 31, 
2009 and 2008, the Company had unamortized purchased principal (purchase price) in pools accounted for under 
the cost recovery method of $2,940,165 and $3,668,133, respectively. 

62

 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The Company establishes valuation allowances for all acquired accounts subject to ASC 310-30 to reflect only 
those losses incurred after acquisition (that is, the present value of cash flows initially expected at acquisition that 
are no longer expected to be collected). Valuation allowances are established only subsequent to acquisition of the 
accounts.    At  December  31,  2009  and  2008,  the  Company  had  an  allowance  against  its  finance  receivables  of 
$51,255,000 and $23,620,000, respectively.  Prior to January 1, 2005, in the event that a reduction of the yield to as 
low  as  zero  in  conjunction  with  estimated  future  cash  collections  that  were  inadequate  to  amortize  the  carrying 
balance, an allowance charge would be taken with a corresponding write-off of the receivable balance. 

The  Company  implements  the  accounting  for  income  recognized  on  finance  receivables  under  ASC  310-30  as 
follows.    The  Company  creates  each  accounting  pool  using  its  projections  of  estimated  cash  flows  and  expected 
economic  life.    The  Company  then  computes  the  effective  yield  that  fully  amortizes  the  pool  to  the  end  of  its 
expected  economic  life  based  on  the current projections of estimated cash flows.  As actual cash flow results are 
recorded,  the  Company  balances  those  results  to  the  data  contained  in  its  proprietary  models  to  ensure  accuracy, 
then  reviews  each  accounting  pool  watching  for  trends,  actual  performance  versus  projections  and  curve  shape, 
sometimes  re-forecasting  future  cash  flows  utilizing  the  Company’s  statistical  models.    The  review  process  is 
primarily performed by the Company’s finance staff; however, the Company’s operational and statistical staffs may 
also  be  involved  depending  upon  actual  cash  flow  results  achieved.    To  the  extent  there  is  overperformance,  the 
Company  will  either  increase  the  yield  or  release  the  allowance,  if  persuasive  evidence  indicates  that  the 
overperformance is considered to be a significant betterment, or, if the overperformance is considered more of an 
acceleration of cash flows (a timing difference), adjust future cash flows downward which effectively extends the 
amortization  period,  or  take  no  action  at  all  if  the  amortization  period  is  reasonable  and  falls  within  the  pools’ 
expected  economic  life.    To  the  extent  there  is  underperformance,  the  Company  will  book  an  allowance  if  the 
underperformance  is  significant  and  will  also  consider  revising  future  cash  flows  based  on  current  period 
information, or take no action if the pool’s amortization period is reasonable and falls within the currently projected 
economic life. 

The  Company  capitalizes  certain  fees  paid  to  third  parties  related  to  the  direct  acquisition  of  a  portfolio  of 
accounts.  These fees are added to the acquisition cost of the portfolio and accordingly are amortized over the life of 
the  portfolio  using  the  interest  method.    The  balance  of  the  unamortized  capitalized  fees  at  December  31,  2009, 
2008 and 2007 was $3,231,926, $3,078,560 and $2,434,916, respectively.  During the years ended December 31, 
2009, 2008 and 2007 the Company capitalized $969,927, $1,250,940 and $1,683,951, respectively, of these direct 
acquisition  fees.    During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2009,  2008  and  2007  the  Company  amortized  $816,561, 
$607,296 and $571,756, respectively, of these direct acquisition fees.   

The agreements to purchase the aforementioned receivables include general representations and warranties from 
the  sellers  covering  account  holder  death  or  bankruptcy  and  accounts  settled  or  disputed  prior  to  sale.    The 
representation  and  warranty  period  permitting  the  return  of  these  accounts  from  the  Company  to  the  seller  is 
typically 90 to 180 days.  Any funds received from the seller of finance receivables as a return of purchase price are 
referred to as buybacks.  Buyback funds are simply applied against the finance receivable balance received and are 
not included in the Company’s cash collections from operations.  In some cases, the seller will replace the returned 
accounts with new accounts in lieu of returning the purchase price.  In that case, the old account is removed from 
the pool and the new account is added. 

Commissions:    The  Company  utilizes  the  provisions  ASC  Topic  605-45  “Principal  Agent  Considerations” 
(“ASC  605-45”)  to  account  for  commission  revenue  from  its  contingent  fee,  skip-tracing  and  government 
processing  and  collection  subsidiaries.    ASC  605-45  requires  an  analysis  to  be  completed  to  determine  if  certain 
revenues  should  be  reported  gross  or  reported  net  of  their  related  operating  expense.    This  analysis  includes  an 
assessment of who retains inventory/credit risk, which controls vendor selection, who establishes pricing and who 
remains  the  primary  obligor  on  the  transaction.    The  Company  considers  each  of  these  factors  to  determine  the 
correct method of recognizing revenue from its subsidiaries. 

For the Company’s contingent fee subsidiary, the portfolios which are placed for servicing are owned by its 
clients and are placed under a contingent fee commission arrangement.  The Company’s subsidiary is paid to collect 
funds from the client’s debtors and earns a commission generally expressed as a percentage of the gross collection 
amount.  The “Commissions” line of the income statement reflects the contingent fee amount earned, and not the 
gross  collection  amount.    The  Company  ceased  its  Anchor  contingent  fee  operation  during  the  second  quarter  of 
2008. 

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The Company’s skip tracing subsidiary utilizes gross reporting under ASC 605-45.  IGS generates revenue by 
working  an  account  and  successfully  locating  a  customer  for  their  client.    An  “investigative  fee”  is  received  for 
these services.  In addition, the Company incurs “agent expenses” where it hires a third-party collector to effectuate 
repossession.  In many cases the Company has an arrangement with its client which allows it to bill the client for 
these fees.  The Company has determined these fees to be gross revenue based on the criteria in ASC 605-45 and 
they are recorded as such in the line item “Commissions,” primarily because the Company is primarily liable to the 
third party collector. There is a corresponding expense in “Legal and agency fees and costs” for these pass-through 
items.    

The  Company’s  government  processing  and  collection  business’s  primary  source  of  income  is  derived  from 
servicing taxing authorities in several different ways:  processing all of their tax payments and tax forms, collecting 
delinquent taxes, identifying taxes that are not being paid and auditing tax payments.  The processing and collection 
pieces are standard commission based billings or fee for service transactions.  When audits are conducted, there are 
two  components.    The  first  is  a  charge  for  the  hours  incurred  on  conducting  the  audit.    This  charge  is  for  hours 
worked.  This charge is up-charged from the actual costs incurred.  The gross billing is a component of the line item 
“Commissions” and the expense is included in the line item “Compensation and employee services.”  The second 
item is for expenses incurred while conducting the audit.  Most jurisdictions will reimburse the Company for direct 
expenses incurred for the audit including such items as travel and meals.  The billed amounts are included in the line 
item “Commissions” and the expense component is included in its appropriate expense category, generally, “Other 
operating expenses.” 

Property  and  equipment:    Property  and  equipment,  including  improvements  that  significantly  add  to  the 
productive  capacity  or  extend  useful  life,  are  recorded  at  cost,  while  maintenance  and  repairs  are  expensed 
currently.    Property  and  equipment  are  depreciated  over  their  useful  lives  using  the  straight-line  method  of 
depreciation. Software and computer equipment is amortized or depreciated over three to five years.  Furniture and 
fixtures  are  depreciated  over  five  years.    Equipment  is  depreciated  over  five  to  seven  years.    Leasehold 
improvements  are  depreciated  over  the  lesser  of  the  useful  life,  which  ranges  from  three  to  ten  years,  or  the 
remaining term of the leased property.  Building improvements are depreciated over ten to thirty-nine years.  When 
property is sold or retired, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and 
any gain or loss is included in the income statement. 

Intangible assets:  With the acquisition of IGS on October 1, 2004, RDS on July 29, 2005, The Palmer Group on 
July 25, 2007, MuniServices on July 1, 2008, and BPA on August 1, 2008, the Company purchased certain tangible 
and  intangible  assets.    Intangible  assets  purchased  included  client  and  customer  relationships,  non-compete 
agreements,  trademarks  and  goodwill.    In  accordance  FASB  ASC  Topic  350  “Intangibles-Goodwill  and  Other” 
(“ASC  350”),  the  Company  amortizes  intangible  assets  over  their  estimated  useful  lives.    In  addition,  goodwill, 
pursuant  to  ASC  350,  is  not  amortized  but  rather  is  reviewed  at  least  annually  for  impairment.    See  Note  6  for 
additional disclosure.  

Income taxes:  The Company records a tax provision for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results 
of operations. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”), the provision for income 
taxes is computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized 
for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of 
assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax 
assets  are  expected  to  be  realized  or  settled.  On  July  13,  2006,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  on  accounting  for 
uncertainty  in  income  taxes  recognized  in  an  enterprise’s  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  ASC  740.   The 
Company  adopted  this  guidance  as  of  January  1,  2007  and  recognizes  the  effect  of  income  tax  positions  only  if 
those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the 
largest  amount  that  is  greater  than  50%  likely  of  being  realized.  Changes  in  recognition  or  measurement  are 
reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. Prior to the adoption of this guidance, the Company 
recognized the effect of income tax positions only if such positions were probable of being sustained.  

Effective  with  the  Company’s  2002  tax  filings,  the  Company  adopted  the  cost  recovery  method  of  income 
recognition  for  tax  purposes.  The  Company  believes  cost  recovery  to  be  an  acceptable  tax  revenue  recognition 
method for companies in the bad debt purchasing industry and results in the reduction of current taxable income as, 

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

for tax purposes, collections on finance receivables are applied first to principal to reduce the finance receivables to 
zero before any income is recognized.  

The  Company  believes  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  forecasted  income,  including  income  that  may  be 
generated  as a result of certain tax planning strategies, together with the tax effects of the deferred tax liabilities, 
will be sufficient to fully recover the deferred tax assets. In the event that all or part of the deferred tax assets are 
determined not to be realizable in the future, a valuation allowance would be established and charged to earnings in 
the period such determination is made. Similarly, if the Company subsequently realizes deferred tax assets that were 
previously  determined  to  be  unrealizable,  the  respective  valuation  allowance  would  be  reversed,  resulting  in  a 
positive  adjustment  to  earnings  in  the  period  such  determination  is  made.  In  addition,  the  calculation  of  tax 
liabilities involves significant judgment in estimating the impact of uncertainties in the application of complex tax 
laws.  Resolution  of  these  uncertainties  in  a  manner  inconsistent  with  management’s  expectations  could  have  a 
material impact on the Company’s results of operations and financial position. 

Advertising costs:  Advertising costs are expensed when incurred. 

Operating leases:  General abatements or prepaid leasing costs are recognized on a straight-line basis over the 
life  of  the  lease.    In  addition,  future  minimum  lease  payments  (including  the  impact  of  rent  escalations)  are 
expensed on a straight-lined basis over the life of the lease.  Material leasehold improvements are capitalized and 
depreciated over the remaining life of the lease. 

Capital  leases:    Leases  are  analyzed  to  determine  if  they  meet  the  definition  of  a  capital  lease  as  defined  in 
FASB  ASC  Topic  840  “Leases”  (“ASC  840”).    Those  lease  arrangements  that  meet  one  of  the  four  criteria  are 
considered  capital  leases.    As  such,  the  leased  asset  is  capitalized  and  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the 
shorter  of  the  lease  term  or  the  estimated  useful  life  of  the  asset.    The  lease  is  recorded  as  a  liability  with  each 
payment amortizing the principal balance and a portion classified as interest expense. 

Share-based  compensation:    Effective  January  1,  2006,  the  Company  adopted  the  provisions  of  FASB  ASC 
Topic  718  “Compensation-Stock  Compensation”  (“ASC  718”),  using  the  modified  prospective  approach.    The 
adoption  had  no  material  impact  on  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Income  Statement  or  on  previously  reported 
interim periods.  See Note 13 for additional disclosure. 

Use  of  estimates:    The  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally 
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported 
amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  consolidated 
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results 
could differ from those estimates. 

Significant  estimates  have  been  made  by  management  with  respect  to  the  timing  and  amount  of  future  cash 
collections  of  the  Company’s  finance  receivables  portfolios.    Actual  results  could  differ  from  these  estimates 
making it reasonably possible that a change in these estimates could occur within one year.  On a quarterly basis, 
management  reviews  the  estimates  of  future  cash  collections,  and  whether  it  is  reasonably  possible  that  its 
assessments of collectibility may change based on actual results and other factors. 

Estimated fair value of financial instruments:  The Company applies the provision of FASB ASC Topic 820 
“Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”).  ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be 
received  to  sell  an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the 
measurement date.  ASC 820 also requires the consideration of differing levels of inputs in the determination of fair 
values.    Based  upon  the  fact  there  are  no  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  or  other  observable  market  data,  the 
Company used unobservable inputs for computation of the fair value of finance receivables, net.  Disclosure of the 
estimated  fair  values  of  financial  instruments  often  requires  the  use  of  estimates.    See  Note  12  for  additional 
disclosure.   

Recent  Accounting  Pronouncements:  In  December  2007,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  which  clarifies  the 
accounting for business combinations in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805 “Business Combinations” (“ASC 
805”).    The  guidance  establishes  principles  and  requirements  for  how  the  acquirer  of  a  business  recognizes  and 
measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling 

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

interest  in  the  acquiree.  It  also  provides  guidance  for  recognizing  and  measuring  the  goodwill  acquired  in  the 
business  combination,  recognizing  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  arising  from  contingencies,  and 
determining  what  information  to  disclose  to  enable  users  of  the  financial  statement  to  evaluate  the  nature  and 
financial effects of the business combination. The guidance is effective for acquisitions consummated in fiscal years 
beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company adopted the guidance on January 1, 2009, which had no material 
impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance on noncontrolling interests in consolidated financial statements. 
This guidance requires that the noncontrolling interest in the equity of a subsidiary be accounted for and reported as 
equity,  provides  revised  guidance  on  the  treatment  of  net  income  and  losses  attributable  to  the  noncontrolling 
interest  and  changes  in  ownership  interests  in  a  subsidiary  and  requires  additional  disclosures  that  identify  and 
distinguish between the interests of the controlling and noncontrolling owners. The guidance is effective for fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2008 with early application prohibited. The Company adopted the guidance on 
January 1, 2009, which had no material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  March 2008,  the  FASB  issued  disclosure  requirements  regarding  derivative  instruments  and  hedging 
activities. Entities must now provide enhanced disclosures on an interim and annual basis regarding how and why 
the  entity  uses  derivatives;  how  derivatives  and  related  hedged  items  are  accounted  for,  and  how  derivatives  and 
related hedged items affect the entity’s financial position, financial results and cash flow.  The guidance is effective 
for  periods  beginning  on  or  after  November  15,  2008.    The  Company  adopted  the  guidance  effective  January 1, 
2009 and has added the required narrative and tabular disclosure in Note 9 of its consolidated financial statements.   

In April 2008, the FASB issued guidance regarding the determination of the useful life of intangible assets.  In 
developing assumptions about renewal or extension options used to determine the useful life of an intangible asset, 
an entity needs to consider its own historical experience adjusted for entity-specific factors. In the absence of that 
experience, an entity shall consider the assumptions that market participants would use about renewal or extension 
options. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company adopted the 
guidance on January 1, 2009, which had no material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

In April 2009, the FASB issued guidance on determining fair value when the volume and level of activity for 
an  asset  or  liability  has  significantly  decreased,  and  in  identifying  transactions  that  are  not  orderly.  Based  on  the 
guidance, if an entity determines that the level of activity for an asset or liability has significantly decreased and that 
a transaction is not orderly, further analysis of transactions or quoted prices is needed, and a significant adjustment 
to  the  transaction  or  quoted  prices  may  be  necessary  to  estimate  fair  value.  The  guidance  was  effective  on  a 
prospective  basis  for  interim  and  annual  periods  ending  after  June 15,  2009.  The  Company  adopted  the  guidance 
during the second quarter of 2009, which had no material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

In April 2009, the FASB issued additional requirements regarding interim disclosures about the fair value of 
financial  instruments  which  were  previously  only  disclosed  on  an  annual  basis.    Entities  are  now  required  to 
disclose  the  fair  value  of  financial  instruments  which  are  not  recorded  at  fair  value  in  the  financial  statements  in 
both  their  interim  and  annual  financial  statements.   The  standard  is  effective  for  interim  reporting  periods  ending 
after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009.  The Company adopted 
these  requirements  during  the  second  quarter  of  2009,  and  has  added  the  required  disclosure  in  Note  12  of  its 
consolidated financial statements. 

In  April 2009,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  on  the  recognition  and  presentation  of  other-than-temporary 
impairments on investments in debt securities. If an entity’s management asserts that it does not have the intent to 
sell a debt security and it is more likely than not that it will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost 
basis, then an entity may separate other-than-temporary impairments into two components: 1) the amount related to 
credit  losses  (recorded  in  earnings),  and  2)  all  other  amounts  (recorded  in  other  comprehensive  income).   The 
guidance  is  effective  for  interim  and  annual  reporting  periods  ending  after  June 15,  2009,  with  early  adoption 
permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009, and will be applied to all existing and new investments in debt 
securities.  The Company adopted the guidance during the second quarter of 2009, which had no material impact on 
its consolidated financial statements. 

In  May 2009,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  on  subsequent  events  which  establishes  general  standards  of 
accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are 

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

issued  or  are  available  to  be  issued.  This  guidance,  which  falls  under  ASC  Topic  855  “Subsequent  Events”,  
provides guidance on the period after the balance sheet date during which management of a reporting entity should 
evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements, the 
circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date 
in its financial statements and the disclosures that an entity should make about events or transactions that occurred 
after  the  balance  sheet  date.  The  Company  adopted  the  guidance  during  the  second  quarter  of  2009,  and  its 
application had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company evaluated subsequent 
events through the date the accompanying consolidated financial statements were issued, which was February 16, 
2010. 

In June 2009, the FASB issued guidance on accounting for transfers of financial assets to improve the reporting 
for the transfer of financial assets.  The guidance must be applied as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first 
annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting 
period  and  for  interim  and  annual  reporting  periods  thereafter.   Earlier  application  is  prohibited.    The  Company 
believes the guidance will have no material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  June 2009,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  on  consolidation  of  variable  interest  entities  to  improve  financial 
reporting  by  enterprises  involved  with  variable  interest  entities  and  to  provide  more  relevant  and  reliable 
information to users of financial statements.  The guidance is effective as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s 
first  annual  reporting  period  that  begins  after  November 15,  2009,  for  interim  periods  within  that  first  annual 
reporting  period,  and  for  interim  and  annual  reporting  periods  thereafter.   Earlier  application  is  prohibited.   The 
Company believes the guidance will have no material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  June 2009,  the  FASB  issued  The  FASB  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“Codification”).   The 
Codification  became 
the  single  source  of  authoritative  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles 
(“GAAP”) recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities.  Rules and interpretive releases of 
the SEC under authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants.   The 
Codification supersedes all existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards.  All other non-grandfathered non-
SEC accounting literature not included in the Codification is non-authoritative.  The Codification was effective for 
financial  statements  issued  for  interim  and  annual  periods  ending  after  September 15,  2009.      The  Company 
adopted  the  Codification  for  the  quarter  ending  September 30,  2009.    There  was  no  impact  to  its  consolidated 
financial statements as this change is disclosure-only in nature. 

3. Finance Receivables, net: 

Changes in finance receivables, net for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, were as follows (amounts 

in thousands): 

2009

2008

Balance at beginning of year
Acquisitions of finance receivables, net of buybacks

$                       

563,830
282,023

$                       

410,297
273,746

Cash collections
Income recognized on finance receivables, net
Cash collections applied to principal

(368,003)
215,612
(152,391)

(326,699)
206,486
(120,213)

Balance at end of year

$                       

693,462

$                       

563,830

At the time of acquisition, the life of each pool is generally estimated to be between 84 to 96 months based on 
projected  amounts  and  timing  of  future  cash  collections  using  the  proprietary  models  of  the  Company.    As  of 
December  31,  2009,  the  Company  had  $693,461,559  in  finance  receivables,  net  included  in  the  consolidated 
balance sheet.  Based upon current projections, cash collections applied to principal are estimated to be as follows 
for the following years ending December 31, (amounts in thousands):  

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

$                      

2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017

135,796
163,609
177,829
124,429
53,267
28,879
9,136
517
693,462

$                      

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  the  Company  purchased  $8.1  billion  of  face  value  of  charged-off 
consumer  receivables.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  the  Company  purchased  $4.6  billion  of  face 
value  of  charged-off  consumer  receivables.    At  December  31,  2009,  the  estimated  remaining  collections  on  the 
receivables purchased during 2009 and 2008 were $602.0 million and $372.0 million, respectively. 

Accretable yield represents the amount of income recognized on finance receivables the Company can expect to 
generate over the remaining life of its existing portfolios based on estimated future cash flows. Additions represent 
the  original  expected  accretable  yield  to  be  earned  by  the  Company  based  on  its  proprietary  buying  models.  
Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield primarily result from the Company’s increase in 
its estimate of future cash flows. Reclassifications to nonaccretable difference from accretable yield result from the 
Company’s decrease in its estimates of future cash flows and allowance charges that exceed the Company’s increase 
in its estimate of future cash flows.  Changes in accretable yield for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 
were as follows (amounts in thousands): 

2009

2008

Balance at beginning of year
Income recognized on finance receivables, net
Additions
Reclassifications (to)/from nonaccretable difference
Balance at end of year

$                       

$                       

551,735
(215,612)
408,935
(23,074)
721,984

492,268
(206,486)
288,854
(22,901)
551,735

$                       

$                       

 The  Company  recorded  allowance  charges  on  pools  that  had  underperformed  the  Company’s  most  recent 

expectations during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 as follows (amounts in thousands): 

2009

2008

2007

Balance at beginning of year
Allowance charges recorded
Reversal of previously recorded allowance charges
Change in allowance charge
Balance at end of year

4. Accounts Receivable, net: 

$                         

$                           

$                          

23,620
28,765
(1,130)
27,635
51,255

4,230
20,405
(1,015)
19,390
23,620

1,300
3,210
(280)
2,930
4,230

$                         

$                         

$                          

Accounts  receivable  are  recorded  at  the  invoiced  amount  and  do  not  bear  interest.  Amounts  collected  on 
accounts receivable are included in net cash provided by operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash 
flows.  The  Company  maintains  an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  for  estimated  losses  inherent  in  its  accounts 
receivable portfolio. In establishing the required allowance, management considers historical losses adjusted to take 
into account current market conditions and its customers’ financial condition, the amount of receivables in dispute, 
and  the current receivables aging and current payment patterns. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful 
accounts monthly.  Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been 

68

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
           
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The balance of the allowance for doubtful accounts 
as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $2.9 million and $2.0 million, respectively.  The Company does not have 
any off balance sheet credit exposure related to its customers. 

5. Operating Leases: 

The  Company  rents  office  space  and  equipment  under  operating  leases.    Rental  expense  was  $3,755,478, 

$3,060,710 and $2,511,842 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

Future  minimum  lease  payments  for  operating  leases  at  December  31,  2009,  are  as  follows  (amounts  in 

thousands): 

2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Thereafter

$              

3,874
3,813
3,784
3,758
2,316
3,990

$            

21,535

6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets, net: 

In  connection  with  the  acquisitions  of  IGS,  RDS,  The  Palmer  Group,  MuniServices,  and  BPA,  the  Company 
purchased  certain  tangible  and  intangible  assets.    Intangible  assets  purchased  included  client  and  customer 
relationships,  non-compete  agreements,  trademarks  and  goodwill.    In  accordance  with  ASC  350,  the  Company  is 
amortizing the following intangible assets over the estimated useful lives as indicated: 

IGS
RDS
The Palmer Group
MuniServices 
BPA

Customer Relationships
7 years
10 years
2.4 years
11 years
10 years

Non-Compete Agreements
3 years
3 years
-
3 years
2.4 years

Trademarks
-
-
-
14 years
-

Intangible assets consist of the following at December 31, 2009 and 2008 (amounts in thousands): 

2009

2008

Client and customer relationships
Non-compete agreements
Trademarks

Accumulated  amortization

Intangible assets, net

$                   

$                  

17,823
2,527
2,100
(11,694)
10,756

17,823
2,527
2,100
(9,021)
13,429

$                   

$                  

  The  combined  original  weighted  average  amortization  period  is  9.14  years.    The  Company  reviews  these 
relationships at least annually for impairment.  Total amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 
2008 and 2007 was $2,673,108, $2,140,942 and $1,834,404, respectively.   

Amortization  expense  relating  to  the  non-compete  agreements  is  calculated  on  a  straight-line  method  (which 
approximates  the  pattern  of  economic  benefit  concept)  for  the  IGS,  MuniServices  and  BPA  non-compete 
agreements and a pattern of economic benefit concept for the RDS non-compete agreements.  Amortization expense 
relating  to  the  client  and  customer  relationships  is  calculated  using  a  pattern  of  economic  benefit  concept  for  the 

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

IGS,  RDS  and  MuniServices  acquisitions,  straight-line  over  the  length  of  the  contract  for  The  Palmer  Group 
acquisition  and  straight-line  over  their  estimated  useful  lives  of  ten  years  for  the  BPA  acquisition.    Amortization 
expense relating to the trademarks is calculated using a pattern of economic benefit concept for the MuniServices 
acquisition.    The  pattern  of  economic  benefit  concept  relies  on  expected  net  cash  flows  from  all  existing  clients.  
The  rate  of  amortization  of  the  client  relationships  will  fluctuate  annually  to  match  these  original  expected  cash 
flows. 

The future amortization of these intangible assets is estimated to be as follows as of December 31, 2008 (amounts 

in thousands): 

2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Thereafter

$                    

2,552
2,033
1,414
1,190
1,007
2,560
10,756

$                  

In  addition,  goodwill,  pursuant  to  ASC  350,  is  not  amortized  but  rather  is  reviewed  at  least  annually  for 
impairment.  During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company underwent its annual review of goodwill.  Based upon 
the results of this review, which was conducted as of October 1, 2009, no impairment charges to goodwill or the 
other  intangible  assets  were  necessary  as  of  the  date  of  this  review.    The  Company  believes  that  nothing  has 
occurred since the review was performed through December 31, 2009, that would indicate a triggering event and 
thereby  necessitate  an  impairment  charge  to  goodwill  or  the  other  intangible  assets.    At  December  31,  2009  and 
December  31,  2008,  the  carrying  value  of  goodwill  was  $29,298,717  and  $27,545,582,  respectively.    The 
$1,753,135  increase  in  the  carrying  value  of  goodwill  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  relates  to 
additional purchase price consideration paid relating to the acquisitions of MuniServices and BPA. 

7. 401(k) Retirement Plan: 

The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan.  Under the plan, all employees over twenty-one years of age 
are  eligible  to  make  voluntary  contributions  to  the  plan  up  to  100%  of  their  compensation,  subject  to  Internal 
Revenue Service limitations after completing six months of service, as defined in the plan.  The Company makes 
matching  contributions  of  up  to  4%  of  an  employee’s  salary.    Total  compensation  expense  related  to  these 
contributions  was  $1,141,785,  $959,902  and  $843,387  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2009,  2008  and  2007, 
respectively. 

8. Line of Credit: 

On  November  29,  2005,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  for  a  revolving  line  of 
credit.    The  agreement  has  been  amended  six  times  to  add  additional  lenders  and  ultimately  increase  the  total 
availability  of  credit  under  the  line  to  $365  million.    The  agreement  is  a  line  of  credit  in  an  amount  equal  to  the 
lesser of $365 million or 30% of the Company’s ERC of all its eligible asset pools. Borrowings under the revolving 
credit facility bear interest at a floating rate equal to the one month LIBOR Market Index Rate plus 1.40%, which 
was 1.63% at December 31, 2009, and the facility expires on May 2, 2011. The Company also pays an unused line 
fee equal to three-tenths of one percent, or 30 basis points, on any unused portion of the line of credit.  The loan is 
collateralized  by  substantially  all  the  tangible  and  intangible  assets  of  the  Company.    The  agreement  provides  as 
follows: 

•  monthly borrowings may not exceed 30% of ERC; 
• 

funded debt to EBITDA (defined as net income, less income or plus loss from discontinued operations and 
extraordinary  items,  plus  income  taxes,  plus  interest  expense,  plus  depreciation,  depletion,  amortization 
(including finance receivable amortization) and other non-cash charges) ratio must be less than 2.0 to 1.0 
calculated on a rolling twelve-month average; 

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

• 

• 

tangible net worth must be at least 100% of tangible net worth reported at September 30, 2005, plus 25% 
of cumulative positive net income since the end of such fiscal quarter, plus 100% of the net proceeds from 
any  equity  offering  without  giving  effect  to  reductions in tangible net worth due to repurchases of up to 
$100 million of the Company’s common stock; and 
restrictions on change of control.  

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, outstanding borrowings under the facility totaled $319.3 million and $268.3 
million, respectively, of which $50 million was part of the non-revolving fixed rate sub-limit which bears interest at 
6.80%  and  expires  on  May  4,  2012.    As  of  December  31,  2009,  the  Company  is  in  compliance  with  all  of  the 
covenants of the agreement. 

9. Derivative Instruments: 

The  Company  may  periodically  enter  into  derivative  financial  instruments,  typically  interest  rate  swap 
agreements, to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates on variable-rate debt and their impact on earnings 
and cash flows. The Company does not utilize derivative financial instruments with a level of complexity or with a 
risk  greater  than  the  exposure  to  be  managed  nor  does  it  enter  into  or  hold  derivatives  for  trading  or  speculative 
purposes.  The  Company  periodically  reviews  the  creditworthiness  of  the  swap  counterparty  to  assess  the 
counterparty’s  ability  to  honor  its  obligation.   Counterparty  default  would  expose  the  Company  to  fluctuations  in 
variable interest rates.  Based on the guidance of ASC 815, the Company records derivative financial instruments at 
fair value.  

On  December  16,  2008,  the  Company  entered  into  a  forward  starting  interest  rate  swap  transaction  (the 
"Swap")  with  J.P.  Morgan  Chase  Bank,  National  Association  pursuant  to  an  ISDA  Master  Agreement  which 
contains customary representations, warranties and covenants.  The Swap has an effective date of January 1, 2010, 
with an initial notional amount of $50,000,000. Under the Swap, the Company will receive a floating interest rate 
based  on  1-month  LIBOR  Market  Index  Rate  and  will  pay  a fixed interest rate of 1.89% through maturity of the 
Swap on May 1, 2011. Notwithstanding the terms of the Swap, the Company is ultimately obligated for all amounts 
due and payable under the credit facility.  

The  Company’s  financial  derivative  instrument  is  designated  and  qualifies  as  a  cash  flow  hedge,  and  the 
effective portion of the gain or loss on such hedge is reported as a component of other comprehensive income in the 
consolidated financial statements. To the extent that the hedging relationship is not effective, the ineffective portion 
of the change in fair value of the derivative is recorded in interest expense) The hedge was considered effective for 
the  period  from  December  16,  2008  through  December  31,  2008  and  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009. 
 Therefore,  no  amount  has  been  recorded  in  the  consolidated  income  statements  related  to  the  hedge’s 
ineffectiveness  during  2008  or  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009.    Hedges  that  receive  designated  hedge 
accounting treatment are evaluated for effectiveness at the time that they are designated, as well as throughout the 
hedging period. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  fair  value  amounts  of  derivative  instruments  held  by  the  Company  at 

December 31, 2009 and 2008 (amounts in thousands): 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:
Interest rate swap contracts

Asset Derivatives
$                          
-

Liability Derivatives

$                           

701

Asset Derivatives
$                           

89

Liability Derivatives
$                           
-

2009

2008

Total derivatives

$                          
-

$                           

701

$                           

89

$                           
-

Liability  and  asset  derivatives  are  recorded  in  the  liability  and  other  asset  section  of  the  accompanying 

consolidated balance sheets, respectively.  

71

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The following table sets forth the gain (loss) recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) 
(“AOCI”),  net  of  tax,  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2009  and  2008,  for  derivatives  held  by  the  Company  as 
well as any gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI into income (amounts in thousands): 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:

Amount of Gain or (Loss)

2009

Recognized in Other

Location of Gain or (Loss)

Amount of Gain or (Loss)

Comprehensive Income

Reclassified from

on Derivatives

(Effective Portion)

AOCI into Income

(Effective Portion)

Reclassified from

AOCI into Income

(Effective Portion)

Interest rate swap contracts

$                        

(517)

interest income/(expense)

$                          
-

Total derivatives

$                        

(517)

$                          
-

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:

Amount of Gain or (Loss)

2008

Recognized in Other

Location of Gain or (Loss)

Amount of Gain or (Loss)

Comprehensive Income

Reclassified from

on Derivatives

(Effective Portion)

AOCI into Income

(Effective Portion)

Reclassified from

AOCI into Income

(Effective Portion)

Interest rate swap contracts

$                           

89

interest income/(expense)

$                          
-

Total derivatives

$                           

89

$                          
-

Amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) will be reclassified into earnings under certain 
situations; for example, if the occurrence of the transaction is no longer probable or no longer qualifies for hedge 
accounting.  The  Company  expects  to  reclassify  approximately  $645,000  currently  included  in  other  accumulated 
other comprehensive income (loss) into interest expense within the next 12 months. 

10. 

Property and equipment, net: 

Property  and  equipment,  at  cost,  consist  of  the  following  as  of  December  31,  2009  and  2008  (amounts  in 

thousands): 

2009

2008

Software
Computer equipment
Furniture and fixtures
Equipment
Leasehold improvements
Building and improvements
Land

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

Property and equipment, net

$                  

$                  

16,542
8,869
5,624
6,040
3,277
6,045
992
(25,525)
21,864

14,380
7,951
5,150
5,370
3,449
5,948
992
(19,356)
23,884

$                   

$                  

  Depreciation and amortization expense, relating to property and equipment, for the years ended December 31, 

2009, 2008 and 2007 was $6,539,823, $5,283,058 and $3,682,686, respectively. 

Beginning in July 2006 upon initiation of certain internally developed software projects, in accordance with the 
guidance of FASB ASC Topic 350-40 “Internal-Use Software” (“ASC 350-40”), the Company began capitalizing 
qualifying  computer  software  costs  incurred  during  the  application  development  stage  and  amortizing  them  over 
their estimated useful life of three to seven years on a straight-line basis beginning when the project is completed.  
Costs associated with preliminary project stage activities, training, maintenance and all other post implementation 

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

stage  activities  are  expensed  as  incurred.   The  Company’s  policy  provides  for  the  capitalization  of  certain  direct 
payroll costs  for  employees  who  are  directly  associated  with  internal  use  computer  software  projects,  as  well  as 
external  direct  costs  of services  associated  with  developing  or  obtaining  internal  use  software.   Capitalizable 
personnel  costs  are  limited  to  the  time  directly  spent  on  such  projects.   As  of  December  31,  2009  and  2008,  the 
Company has incurred and capitalized $2,774,444 and $1,036,275, respectively, of these direct payroll costs related 
to  software  developed  for  internal  use.    As  of  December  31,  2009  and  2008,  $1,514,489  and  $593,560, 
respectively,  of  these  costs  are  for  projects  that  are  in  the  development  stage  and  therefore  are  a  component  of 
“Other assets”.  Once the projects are completed the costs will be transferred to Software and amortized over their 
estimated useful life of three to seven years.  Amortization expense and remaining unamortized costs relating to this 
internally  developed  software  as  of  and  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009  were  $128,622  and  $1,021,336, 
respectively.  Amortization expense and remaining unamortized costs relating to this internally developed software 
as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008 were $88,543 and $332,718, respectively. 

11. 

Long-Term Debt: 

On February 6, 2009, the Company entered into a commercial loan agreement to finance computer software and 
equipment purchases in the amount of $2,036,114.  The loan is collateralized by the related computer software and 
equipment.  The loan is a three year loan with a fixed rate of 4.78% with monthly installments, including interest, of 
$60,823 beginning on March 31, 2009, and it matures on February 28, 2012. 

12. 

Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments: 

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  various  estimated  fair  value  information  as  of 
December  31,  2009  and  2008,  as  required  by  ASC  820.    ASC  820  defines  fair  value  as  the  price  that  would  be 
received  to  sell  an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the 
measurement date.  ASC 820 also requires the consideration of differing levels of inputs in the determination of fair 
values.    Based  upon  the  fact  there  are  no  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  or  other  observable  market  data,  the 
Company used unobservable inputs for computation of the fair value of finance receivables, net.  Disclosure of the 
estimated fair values of financial instruments often requires the use of estimates.  The Company uses the following 
methods and assumptions to estimate the fair value of financial instruments. 

Cash and cash equivalents:  The carrying amount approximates fair value. 

Finance  receivables,  net:    The  Company  records  purchased  receivables  at  cost,  which  represents  a  significant 
discount from the contractual receivable balances due.  The cost of the receivables is reduced as cash is received 
based  upon  the  guidance  of  ASC  310-30.    The  carrying  amount  of  finance  receivables,  net,  as  of  December  31, 
2009 was approximately $693 million.  The Company computed the fair value of these receivables using proprietary 
pricing  models  that  the  Company  utilizes  to  make  portfolio  purchase  decisions.    As  of  December  31,  2009  and 
2008, using the aforementioned methodology, the Company computed the approximate fair value to be $839 million 
and $565 million, respectively.  

Long-term  debt:    The  carrying  amount  approximates  fair  value,  as  the  interest  rates  approximate  the  rate 

currently offered to the Company for similar debt instruments of comparable maturities by the Company’s bankers. 

Line of credit:  The carrying amount approximates fair value, as the interest rates approximate the rate currently 

offered to the Company for similar debt instruments of comparable maturities by the Company’s bankers. 

Derivative  instrument:    The  interest  rate  swap  is  recorded  at  fair  value,  which  is  determined  using  pricing 
models developed based on the LIBOR swap rate and other observable market data, adjusted for nonperformance 
risk of both the counterparty and the Company.  This instrument is valued using level two inputs per ASC 820. 

13. 

Share-Based Compensation:  

The Company has a stock option and nonvested share plan.  The Company created the 2002 Stock Option Plan 
(the “Plan”) on November 7, 2002.  The Plan was amended in 2004 (the “Amended Plan”) to enable the Company 
to  issue  nonvested  shares  of  stock  to  its  employees  and  directors.    The  Amended  Plan  was  approved  by  the 

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Company’s shareholders at its Annual Meeting on May 12, 2004.  Up to 2,000,000 shares of common stock may be 
issued under the Amended Plan.  The Amended Plan expires November 7, 2012.   

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of ASC 718, using the modified prospective 
approach.  The adoption had no material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Income Statement or on previously 
reported interim periods.  As of December 31, 2009, total future compensation costs related to nonvested awards of 
nonvested shares (not including nonvested shares granted under the Long-Term Incentive Program) is estimated to 
be $2.5 million with a weighted average remaining life of 2.5 years (not including nonvested shares granted under 
the  Long-Term  Incentive  Programs).    As  of  December  31,  2009,  there  is  no  future  compensation  costs  related  to 
stock options and the remaining vested stock options have a weighted average remaining life of 0.9 years.  Based 
upon  historical  data,  the  Company  used  an  annual  forfeiture  rate  of  14%  for  stock  options  and  15-40%  for 
nonvested shares for most of the employee grants. Grants made to key employee hires and directors of the Company 
were  assumed  to  have  no  forfeiture  rates  associated  with  them  due  to  the  historically  low  turnover  among  this 
group.  In addition, commensurate with the adoption of the guidance, all previous references to “restricted” stock 
are now referred to as “nonvested” shares. 

Total  share-based  compensation  expense  was  $3,819,915,  $140,590  and  $2,575,253  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  The Company, in conjunction with the renewal of employment 
agreements with its Named Executive Officers and other senior executives, awarded nonvested shares which vested 
on  January  1,  2009.    As  a  result  of the vesting of these shares, the Company recorded stock-based compensation 
expense  in  connection  with  these  shares,  in  the  amount  of  approximately  $1.4  million  during  the  first  quarter  of 
2009.  Tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of share-based compensation expense recognized under 
the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718 (windfall tax benefits) are credited to additional paid-in capital in 
the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Realized tax shortfalls are first offset against the cumulative balance 
of windfall tax benefits, if any, and then charged directly to income tax expense.  The total tax benefit realized from 
share-based  compensation  expense  was  approximately  $2.2  million,  $0.9  million  and  $2.4  million  for  the  years 
ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.   

Stock Options 

The  Company  created  the  2002  Stock  Option  Plan  on  November  7,  2002.    The  plan  was  amended  in  2004  to 
enable  the  Company  to  issue  restricted  shares  of  stock  to  its  employees  and  directors.  Up  to  2,000,000  shares  of 
common stock may be issued under the Amended Plan.  The Amended Plan expires November 7, 2012.  All options 
issued under the Amended Plan vest ratably over five years.  Granted options expire seven years from grant date.  
Expiration dates range between November 7, 2009 and January 16, 2011.  Options granted to a single person cannot 
exceed 200,000 in a single year.  As of December 31, 2009, 895,000 options have been granted under the Amended 
Plan,  of  which  118,955  have  been  cancelled  and  are  eligible  for  regrant.    These  options  are  accounted  for  under 
ASC 718 and all expenses for 2009, 2008 and 2007 are included in earnings as a component of compensation and 
employee services expense. 

The following summarizes all option related transactions from December 31, 2006 through December 31, 2009 

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts): 

December 31, 2006
Exercised
Cancelled
December 31, 2007
Exercised
Cancelled

December 31, 2008

Exercised
December 31, 2009

Options 
Outstanding
301
(130)
(8)
163
(38)
(2)

Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price

$                        

16.43
15.97
13.00
16.97
15.87
21.50

Weighted-Average 
Fair Value
$                         

3.27
3.33
2.71
3.25
3.31
4.60

123

(116)
7

17.24

3.21

$                        

16.51
29.41

$                         

3.24
2.70

74

 
   
 
 
 
 
  
               
              
                          
                           
                  
                          
                           
               
                          
                           
                
                          
                           
                  
                          
                           
               
                          
                           
              
                          
                           
                   
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

All  of  the  stock  options  were  issued  to  employees  of  the  Company  except  for 40,000 that were issued to non-
employee directors.   Non-employee directors were granted 20,000 stock options in 2004.  No stock options were 
granted in 2009, 2008 or 2007.  The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 
2009, 2008 and 2007, was approximately $2.7 million, $0.9 million, and $4.1 million, respectively. 

The following information is as of December 31, 2009 (amounts in thousands except per share amounts): 

Exercise
Prices

Number
Outstanding

Average Remaining 
Contractual Life

Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price Per 
Share

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value

Number
Exercisable

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable
Weighted-
Average Exercise 
Price Per Share

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value

$   28.45 - $  29.79
Total as of December 31, 2009

7
7

1.0
1.0

$                       

29.41
29.41

108
108

$               

7
7

$                     

29.41
29.41

108
108

$               

 The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate the value of the stock options when 
granted.  This model was developed to estimate the fair value of traded options, which have different characteristics 
than  employee  stock  options.    In  addition,  changes  to  the  subjective  input  assumptions  can  result  in  materially 
different  fair  market  value  estimates.    Therefore,  the  Black-Scholes  model  may  not  necessarily  provide  a  reliable 
single measure of the fair value of employee stock options. 

Nonvested Shares 

With the exception of the awards made pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Program and a few employee and 
director grants, the terms of the nonvested share awards are similar to those of the stock option awards, wherein the 
nonvested shares vest ratably over five years and are expensed over their vesting period.  In addition, in conjunction 
with  the  renewal  of  their  employment  agreements,  the  Company’s  Named  Executive  Officers  and  other  senior 
executives  were  awarded  nonvested  shares  which  vested  on January  1,  2009.    As  a  result  of  the  vesting  of  these 
shares, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense in connection with these shares, in the amount of 
approximately $1.4 million during the first quarter of 2009.    

The  following  summarizes  all  nonvested  share  transactions  from  December  31,  2006  through  December  31, 

2009(amounts in thousands except per share amounts): 

Nonvested Shares 
Outstanding

Weighted-Average 
Price at Grant Date

December 31, 2006

171

$                           

40.59

Granted 
Vested

Cancelled

December 31, 2007

Granted 

Vested

Cancelled

December 31, 2008

Granted 

Vested

Cancelled

9
(41)

(16)

123

27

(37)

(15)

98

70

(82)

(5)

43.42
38.74

38.23

41.72

37.47

39.55

40.05

41.60

34.22

36.62

42.20

December 31, 2009

81

$                           

40.24

The total grant date fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, was 

$3,014,339, $1,446,897 and $1,584,621, respectively. 

75

 
 
 
                   
                              
                         
                 
                    
                       
                 
                   
                              
                    
 
 
 
 
 
 
                           
                               
                             
                           
                             
                           
                             
                           
                             
                             
                             
                           
                             
                           
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                           
                             
                             
                             
                             
    
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Long-Term Incentive Programs 

Pursuant  to  the  Amended  Plan,  on  March  30,  2007,  January  4,  2008  and  January  20,  2009,  the  Compensation 
Committee  approved  the  grant  of  96,550,  80,000  and  108,720  performance-based  nonvested  shares,  respectively.  
The  shares  were  granted  to  key  employees  of  the  Company.    For  both  the  2007  and  2008  grants,  no  estimated 
compensation costs have been accrued because the achievements of the performance targets of the programs were 
deemed unlikely to be achieved.  In the future, if the Company believes that the performance targets of the programs 
will be achieved, an adjustment to the expense will be made at that time based on the probable outcome.  The 2009 
grant is performance based and cliff vests after the requisite service period of two to three years if certain financial 
goals are met.  The goals are based upon diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) totals for 2009, the return on owners’ 
equity for the three-year period beginning on January 1, 2009 and ending December 31, 2011, and the relative total 
shareholder return as compared to a peer group, for the same three year period.  The number of shares vested can 
double if the financial goals are exceeded or no shares can vest if the financial goals are not met.  The Company is 
expensing the nonvested share grant over the requisite service period of two to three years beginning on January 1, 
2009.  If the Company believes that the number of shares granted will be more or less than originally projected, an 
adjustment to the expense will be made at that time based on the probable outcome.   At December 31, 2009, no 
compensation expense relating to the EPS goal has been accrued as the achievement of the EPS goal is not likely to 
be  achieved.    At  December  31,  2009,  total  future  compensation  costs  related  to  nonvested  share  awards  granted 
under  the  2009  Long-Term  Incentive  Program  are  estimated  to  be  approximately  $1.2  million.    The  Company 
assumed a 7.5% forfeiture rate for this grant and the remaining shares have a weighted average life of 2.00 years at 
December 31, 2009. 

14. 

Earnings per Share:  

Basic  EPS  are  computed  by  dividing  income  available  to  common  shareholders  by  weighted  average  common 
shares  outstanding.    Diluted  EPS  are  computed  using  the  same  components  as  basic  EPS  with  the  denominator 
adjusted for the dilutive effect of stock options and nonvested share awards.  Share-based awards that are contingent 
upon the attainment of performance goals are not included in the computation of diluted EPS until the performance 
goals have been attained.  The dilutive effect of stock options and nonvested shares is computed using the treasury 
stock method, which assumes any proceeds that could be obtained upon the exercise of stock options and vesting of 
nonvested  shares  would  be  used  to  purchase  common  shares  at  the  average  market  price  for  the  period.  The 
assumed  proceeds  include  the  windfall  tax  benefit  that  would  be  received  upon  assumed  exercise.  The  following 
table  provides  a  reconciliation  between  the  computation  of  basic  EPS  and  diluted  EPS  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts): 

For the years ended December 31,

2009

2008

2007

Weighted Average

Weighted Average

Weighted Average

Net Income Common Shares

EPS

Net Income Common Shares

EPS

Net Income Common Shares EPS

Basic EPS

$44,306

15,420

$2.87

$45,362

15,229

$2.98

$48,241

15,646 $3.08

Dilutive effect of stock options

 and nonvested share awards

34

63

133

Diluted EPS

$44,306

15,454

$2.87

$45,362

15,292

$2.97

$48,241

15,779 $3.06

As of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, there were no antidilutive options outstanding. 

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

15. 

Stockholders’ Equity: 

Shares of common stock outstanding were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 
(amounts in thousands): 

Common Stock

December 31, 2006
Exercise of options and vesting of nonvested shares
Issuance of common stock for acquisition
Repurchase and cancellation of common stock
December 31, 2007

Exercise of options and vesting of nonvested shares
Issuance of common stock for acquisition
December 31, 2008
Exercise of options and vesting of nonvested shares
Issuance of common stock for acquisition
December 31, 2009

Cash Dividends Paid on Common Stock: 

15,987
171
1
(1,000)
15,159

75
52
15,286
198
30
15,514

On April 23, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a special one-time cash dividend of $1.00 per 
share with a record date of May 9, 2007.  The cash dividends were paid on June 8, 2007 and totaled $16,069,694.  
There were no cash dividends paid or authorized during 2009 or 2008. 

Share Repurchase Program: 

On  April  23,  2007,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  share  repurchase  program  to  buyback  one 
million of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock on the open market.  The timing and volume of share 
purchases  were  dependent  on  several  factors,  including  market  conditions.    During  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2007, the Company purchased 1,000,000 shares of its common stock at an average per share price of $50.56.  The 
program was completed during 2007 and no shares were repurchased in 2009 or 2008.   

16. 

Income Taxes: 

The  Company  records  an  income  tax  provision  for  the  anticipated  tax  consequences  of  the  reported  results  of 
operations.  In accordance with ASC 740, the provision for income taxes is computed using the asset and liability 
method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of 
temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses 
and tax credit carry-forwards.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates 
that  apply  to  taxable  income  in  effect  for  the  years  in  which  those  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  expected  to  be 
realized or settled.   

On  July  13,  2006,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  on  accounting  for  uncertainty  in  income  taxes  recognized  in  an 
enterprise's financial statements in accordance with ASC 740.  This guidance prescribes a recognition threshold and 
measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected 
to  be  taken  in  a  tax  return.    It  also  provides  guidance  on  derecognition,  classification,  interest  and  penalties, 
accounting  in  interim  periods,  disclosure  and  transition.    The  evaluation  of  a  tax  position  in  accordance  with  the 
guidance  is  a  two-step  process.    The  first  step  is  recognition:  the  enterprise  determines  whether  it  is  more-likely-
than-not  that  a  tax  position  will  be  sustained  upon  examination,  including  resolution  of  any  related  appeals  or 
litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position.  In evaluating whether a tax position has met the 
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the enterprise should presume that the position will be examined by the 
appropriate  taxing  authority  that  would  have  full  knowledge  of  all  relevant  information.    The  second  step  is 
measurement: a tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured to determine the 
amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements.  The tax position is measured as the largest amount of 
benefit  that  is  greater  than  50  percent  likely  of  being  realized  upon  ultimate  settlement.    Tax  positions  that 
previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be recognized in the first subsequent 
financial reporting period in which that threshold is met.  Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet 

77

 
 
                               
                                    
                                        
                               
                                      
                                      
                               
                                    
                                      
                               
 
 
   
 
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

the  more-likely-than-not  recognition  threshold  should  be  derecognized  in  the  first  subsequent  financial  reporting 
period in which that threshold is no longer met.   

The  Company  adopted  the  provisions  for  accounting  for  uncertain  tax  positions  with  respect  to  all  of  its  tax 
positions as of January 1, 2007.  There were no unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.  A 
reconciliation  of  the  beginning  and  ending  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  is  as  follows  (amounts  in 
thousands): 

Balance at January 1
Decrease due to lapse of statute of limitations
Balance at December 31

2009

-
$                   
-
$                   
-

2008

$                    

180
(180)
$                    
-

The Company was notified on June 21, 2007 that it was being examined by the Internal Revenue Service for the 
2005  calendar  year.    The  IRS  has  concluded  its  audit  and  on  March  19,  2009  issued  Form  4549-A,  Income  Tax 
Examination  Changes  for  tax  years ending  December  31,  2007,  2006  and  2005.    The  IRS has proposed that cost 
recovery for tax revenue recognition does not clearly reflect taxable income and that unused line fees paid on credit 
facilities  should  be  capitalized  and  amortized  rather  than  taken  as  a  current  deduction.    On  April  22,  2009,  the 
Company  filed  a  formal  protest  of  the  findings  contained  in  the  examination  report  prepared  by  the  IRS.    The 
Company believes it has sufficient support for the technical merits of its positions and that it is more-likely-than-not 
these positions will ultimately be sustained; therefore, a reserve for uncertain tax positions is not necessary for these 
tax positions.  If the Company is unsuccessful in its appeal, it might be required to pay the related deferred taxes and 
any potential interest in the near-term, possibly requiring additional financing from other sources. 

As of December 31, 2009, the tax years subject to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions, including the 
Internal Revenue Service, are 2003 and 2005 and subsequent years.  The 2003 tax year remains open to examination 
because of a net operating loss that originated in that year but was not fully utilized until the 2005 tax year.  The 
2005 tax year is extended through April 30, 2011.   

ASC 740 requires the recognition of interest, if the tax law would require interest to be paid on the underpayment 
of  taxes,  and  recognition  of  penalties,  if  a  tax  position  does  not  meet  the  minimum  statutory  threshold  to  avoid 
payment of penalties.  Penalties and interest may be classified as either penalties and interest expense or income tax 
expense.    Management  has  elected  to  classify  accrued  penalties  and  interest  as  income  tax  expense.    Accrued 
penalties and interest as of January 1, 2007, in the amount of $77,000, were recorded to beginning of year retained 
earnings.  Since January 1, 2007, the Company has accrued additional interest of approximately $34,000.  Due to 
the  approved  application  for  change  in  accounting  method,  the  balance  of  accrued  penalties  and  interest  was 
reduced by $67,000 during 2007.  As a result of the lapse in the statute of limitations, the 2004 tax year closed as of 
September 15, 2008 resulting in the reversal of the remaining $44,000 of accrued interest. No interest or penalties 
were accrued or reversed in 2009. 

The income tax expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is composed of the 

For the year ended December 31, 2008

Federal

State

Total

following (amounts in thousands):   
For the year ended December 31, 2009

Current tax benefit
Deferred tax expense

Total income tax expense

Current tax benefit
Deferred tax expense

Total income tax expense

Current tax expense
Deferred tax expense

Total income tax expense

78

Federal

State

Total

$                 

$                    

$             

$                 

177
4,282
4,459

$                  
$              
$              

(530)
28,927
28,397

$              

$                  

$               

$             

$                 

$              

(362)
4,440
4,078

454
3,105
3,559

(2,470)
30,854
28,384

5,324
24,334
29,658

$               

$                    

$                

$             

$                 

$              

(707)
24,645
23,938

(2,108)
26,414
24,306

4,870
21,229
26,099

For the year ended December 31, 2007

Federal

State

Total

 
 
  
                     
                    
 
 
 
 
               
                   
               
                   
                
               
                   
                
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The Company has recognized a net deferred tax liability of $117,206,100 and $88,069,756 as of December 31, 
2009  and  2008,  respectively.    The  components  of  this  net  deferred  tax  liability  are  as  follows  (amounts  in 
thousands): 

Deferred tax assets:

Employee compensation
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Federal and state tax credit carryforward
State net operating loss carryforward
Accrued liabilities
Intangible assets and goodwill
Section 467 leases
Other

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Depreciation expense
Prepaid expenses
Cost recovery 

Total deferred tax liability

2009

2008

$                  

749
760
714
158
1,171
525
373
243
4,693

$                    

529
794
685
59
-
379
277
74
2,797

1,058
687
120,154
121,899

788
658
89,421
90,867

Net deferred tax liabilities

$           

117,206

$               

88,070

A  valuation  allowance  has  not  been  provided  at  December  31,  2009  or  2008  since  management  believes  it  is 
more  likely  than  not  that  the  deferred  tax  assets  will  be  realized.    In  the  event  that  all  or  part  of  the  deferred  tax 
assets are determined not to be realizable in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be charged 
to earnings in the period such determination is made. Similarly, if the Company subsequently realizes deferred tax 
assets  that  were  previously  determined  to  be  unrealizable,  the  respective  valuation  allowance  would  be  reversed, 
resulting in a positive adjustment to earnings in the period such determination is made. In addition, the calculation 
of tax liabilities involves significant judgment in estimating the impact of uncertainties in the application of complex 
tax laws. Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with management's expectations could have a 
material impact on the Company's results of operations and financial position.  At December 31, 2009, the Company 
had state income tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.1 million which will begin to expire starting in the 
year  ending  December  31,  2021.    The  Company  also  incurred  state  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  in 2009 and 
2008 of approximately $2.0 million and $1.9 million, respectively, of which approximately $150,000 will begin to 
expire starting in the year ending December 31, 2013 and the remainder starting in the year ending December 31, 
2018. 

The Company believes cost recovery to be an acceptable tax revenue recognition method for companies in the 
bad debt purchasing industry and results in the reduction of current taxable income as, for tax purposes, collections 
on  finance  receivables  are  applied  first  to  principal  to  reduce  the  finance  receivables  to  zero  before  any  taxable 
income is recognized. The temporary difference from the use of cost recovery for income tax purposes resulted in a 
deferred tax liability at December 31, 2009 and 2008.  

A reconciliation of the Company’s expected tax expense at statutory tax rates to actual tax expense for the years 

ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 consists of the following components (amounts in thousands): 

2009

2008

2007

Federal tax at statutory rates
State tax expense, net of federal benefit
Other
Total income tax expense

79

$             

$               

$              

25,446
2,706
245
28,397

25,811
2,651
(78)
28,384

27,265
2,313
80
29,658

$             

$               

$              

 
      
                    
                      
                    
                      
                    
                        
                 
                      
                    
                      
                    
                      
                    
                        
                 
                   
                 
                      
                    
                      
             
                 
             
                 
 
 
 
 
                 
                   
                  
                    
                      
                       
 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

17. 

Commitments and Contingencies: 

Employment Agreements: 

The  Company  has  employment  agreements  with  all  of  its  executive  officers  and  with  several  members  of  its 
senior management group, most of which expire on December 31, 2011.  Such agreements provide for base salary 
payments as well as bonuses which are based on the attainment of specific management goals.  Future compensation 
under  these  agreements  is  approximately  $11.5  million.  The  agreements  also  contain  confidentiality  and  non-
compete provisions. 

Litigation: 

The  Company  is  from  time  to  time  subject  to  routine  legal  claims  and  proceedings,  most  of  which  are 
incidental  to  the  ordinary  course  of  its  business.   The  Company  initiates  lawsuits  against  consumers  and  is 
occasionally  countersued  by  them  in  such  actions.   Also,  consumers,  either  individually,  as  a  member  of  a  class 
action,  or  through  a  governmental  entity  on  behalf  of  consumers,  may  initiate  litigation  against  the  Company,  in 
which they allege that the Company has violated a state or federal law in the process of collecting on an account.  
From time to time, other types of lawsuits are brought against the Company.  While it is not expected that these or 
any other legal proceedings or claims in which the Company is involved will, either individually or in the aggregate, 
have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  the  Company’s  results  of  operations,  liquidity  or  its  financial  condition,  the 
matter described below falls outside of the normal parameters of the Company’s routine legal proceedings.  

PRA is currently a defendant in a purported class action counterclaim entitled PRA v. Barkwell, 4:09-cv-00113-
CDL, which was originally filed in the Superior Court of Muscogee County, Georgia.  The counterclaim, which was 
filed against PRA, the National Arbitration Forum ("NAF") and MBNA American Bank, N.A., on July 29, 2009, 
has since been removed to the United States District Court for the Middle District of Georgia, where it is currently 
pending.  The counterclaim alleges that in pursuing arbitration claims against Barkwell and other consumer debtors, 
pursuant to the terms and conditions of their respective cardholder agreements, PRA breached a duty of good faith 
and  fair  dealing  and  made  negligent  misrepresentations  concerning  its  "arbitration  practices."    The  plaintiffs  are 
seeking,  among  other  things,  to  vacate  the  arbitration  awards  that  PRA  has  obtained  before  NAF  and  have  PRA 
disgorge the amounts collected with respect to such awards.  It is not possible at this time to accurately estimate the 
possible loss, if any.      PRA believes it has meritorious defenses to the allegations made in this counterclaim and 
intends to defend itself vigorously against them.  

PRA is currently a defendant in a purported enforcement action brought by the Attorney General for the State of 
Missouri  that  is  currently  pending  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  Eastern  District  of  Missouri.   The 
action seeks relief for Missouri consumers that have allegedly been injured as a result of certain collection practices 
of  PRA.   It  is  not  possible  at  this  time  to  estimate  the  possible  loss,  if  any.   PRA  has  vehemently  denied  any 
wrongdoing herein and believes it has meritorious defenses to each allegation in the complaint. 

Forward Flow Agreements: 

The  Company  is  party  to  several  forward  flow  agreements  that  allow  for  the  purchase  of  defaulted  consumer 
receivables  at  pre-established  prices.    The  maximum  remaining  amount  to  be  purchased  under  forward  flow 
agreements at December 31, 2009 is approximately $157.0 million.  

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item  9.  Changes  in  and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and  Financial 
Disclosure. 
None. 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.  We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed 
in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in 
the  SEC's  rules  and  forms,  and  that  such  information  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management, 
including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate,  to  allow  timely  decisions 
regarding  required  disclosure.    In  designing  and  evaluating  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  management 
recognized  that  any  controls  and  procedures,  no  matter  how  well  designed  and  operated,  can  provide  only 
reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply 
its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.  Also, projections of any 
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of 
changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.   

We conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer and 
principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period 
covered by this report.  Based on this evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer have 
concluded that, as of December 31, 2009, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.  

Management's  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.    We  are  responsible  for  establishing  and 
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting.  Internal control over financial reporting is defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's 
principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the company's board of directors, management 
and  other  personnel,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the 
preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles.  Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 
misstatements.   

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and 
principal  financial  officer,  we  carried  out  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  based  on  the  framework  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring  Organizations  (“COSO”)  of  the  Treadway  Commission.    Based  on  its  assessment,  management  has 
determined that, as of December 31, 2009, its internal control over financial reporting was effective based on the 
criteria set forth in the COSO framework.  The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG 
LLP, has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 
31, 2009 which is included herein. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There was no change in our internal control over financial 
reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2009 that has materially affected, or is reasonably 
likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B. Other Information. 

None. 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant. 

PART III 

The  following  table sets forth certain information as of February 1, 2010 about the Company’s directors and 

executive officers. 

Name 

Position

Steven D. Fredrickson ..   President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board 
Kevin P. Stevenson……  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer, 

Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

Craig A. Grube .............   Executive Vice President — Acquisitions
Judith S. Scott ...............   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
William P. Brophey ......   Director* 
Penelope W. Kyle .........   Director 
David N. Roberts ..........   Director 
Scott M. Tabakin ..........   Director* 
James M. Voss ..............   Director* 

Age
50
45

49
64
72
62
47
51
67

* Member of the Company’s audit committee (the “Audit Committee”), which has been established in accordance 
with  Section  3(a)(58)(A)  of  the  Exchange  Act.    In  the  opinion  of  the  Board,  Mr.  Voss  and  Mr.  Tabakin  are 
independent directors who qualify as “audit committee financial experts,” pursuant to Section 401(h) of Regulations 
S-K. 

Steven  D.  Fredrickson,  President,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chairman  of  the  Board.    Prior  to  co-
founding  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates  in  1996,  Mr.  Fredrickson  was  Vice  President,  Director  of  Household 
Recovery  Services’  (“HRSC”)  Portfolio  Services  Group  from  late  1993  until  February  1996.  At  HRSC  Mr. 
Fredrickson was ultimately responsible for HRSC’s portfolio sale and purchase programs, finance and accounting, 
as well as other functional areas.  Prior to joining HRSC, he spent five years with Household Commercial Financial 
Services managing a national commercial real estate workout team and five years with Continental Bank of Chicago 
as a member of the FDIC workout department, specializing in corporate and real estate workouts.  He received a 
B.S. degree from the University of Denver and a M.B.A. degree from the University of Illinois.  He is a past board 
member of the American Asset Buyers Association. 

Kevin  P.  Stevenson,  Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Financial  and  Administrative  Officer,  Treasurer 
and  Assistant  Secretary.    Prior  to  co-founding  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates  in  1996,  Mr.  Stevenson  served  as 
Controller  and  Department  Manager  of  Financial  Control  and  Operations  Support  at  HRSC  from  June  1994  to 
March  1996,  supervising  a  department  of  approximately  30  employees.    Prior  to  joining  HRSC,  he  served  as 
Controller  of  Household  Bank’s  Regional  Processing  Center  in  Worthington,  Ohio  where  he  also  managed  the 
collections, technology, research and ATM departments.  While at Household Bank, Mr. Stevenson participated in 
eight bank acquisitions and numerous branch acquisitions or divestitures.  He is a certified public accountant and 
received his B.S.B.A. with a major in accounting from the Ohio State University. 

Craig A. Grube, Executive Vice President, Acquisitions.  Prior to joining Portfolio Recovery Associates in 
March 1998, Mr. Grube was a senior officer and director of Anchor Fence, Inc., a manufacturing and distribution 
business from 1989 to March 1997, when the company was sold.  Between the time of the sale and March 1998, Mr. 
Grube continued to work for Anchor Fence.  Prior to joining Anchor Fence, he managed distressed corporate debt 
for the FDIC at Continental Illinois National Bank for five years.  He received his B.A. degree from Boston College 
and his M.B.A. degree from the University of Illinois. 

Judith  S.  Scott,  Executive  Vice  President,  General  Counsel  and  Secretary.    Prior  to  joining  Portfolio 
Recovery Associates in March 1998, Ms. Scott held senior positions, from 1991 to March 1998, with Old Dominion 
University  as  Director  of  its  Virginia  Peninsula  campus;  from  1985  to  1991,  as  General  Counsel  of  a  computer 
manufacturing  firm;  as  Senior  Counsel  in  the  Office  of  the  Governor  of  Virginia  from  1982  to  1985;  as  Senior 
Counsel for the Virginia Housing Development Authority from 1976 to 1982, and as Assistant Attorney General for 
the  Commonwealth  of  Virginia  from  1975  to  1976.    Ms.  Scott  received  her  B.S.  in  business  administration  from 

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Virginia State University, a post baccalaureate degree in economics from Swarthmore College, and a J.D. from the 
Catholic University School of Law. 

William P. Brophey, Director.  Mr. Brophey was appointed as a director of Portfolio Recovery Associates in 
2002  and  subsequently  elected  at  the  Company’s  next  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders.    Currently  retired,  Mr. 
Brophey  has  more  than  35  years  of  experience  as  president  and  chief  executive  officer  of  Brad  Ragan,  Inc.,  a 
(formerly) publicly traded automotive product and service retailer and as a senior executive at The Goodyear Tire 
and Rubber Company.  Throughout his career, he held numerous field and corporate positions at Goodyear in the 
areas  of  wholesale,  retail,  credit,  and  sales  and  marketing,  including  general  marketing  manager,  commercial  tire 
products.  He served as president and chief executive officer and a member of the board of directors of Brad Ragan, 
Inc. (a 75% owned public subsidiary of Goodyear) from 1988 to 1996, and vice chairman of the board of directors 
from 1994 to 1996, when he was named vice president, original equipment tire sales world wide at Goodyear.  From 
1998 until his retirement in 2000, he was again elected president and chief executive officer and vice chairman of 
the  board  of  directors  of  Brad  Ragan,  Inc.    Mr.  Brophey  has  a  business  degree  from  Ohio  Valley  College  and 
attended  advanced  management  programs  at  Kent  State  University,  Northwestern  University,  Morehouse  College 
and Columbia University. 

Penelope W. Kyle, Director.  Ms. Kyle was appointed as a director of Portfolio Recovery Associates in 2005 
and  subsequently  elected  at  the  Company’s  next  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders.    Ms.  Kyle  presently  serves  as 
President of Radford University.  Prior to her appointment as President of Radford University in June 2005, she had 
served since 1994 as Director of the Virginia Lottery.  Earlier in her career, she worked as an attorney at the law 
firm  McGuire,  Woods,  Battle  and  Boothe,  in  Richmond,  Virginia.    Ms.  Kyle  was  later  employed  at  CSX 
Corporation, where during a 13-year career she became the company's first female officer and a vice president in the 
finance department. Ms. Kyle currently serves on the Fulbright Board for the United States and Canada.  She earned 
an MBA at the College of William and Mary and a law degree from the University of Virginia. 

 David  N.  Roberts,  Director.    Mr.  Roberts  has  been  a  director  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates  since  its 
formation in 1996.  Mr. Roberts joined Angelo, Gordon & Company, L.P. in 1993.  He manages the firm’s private 
equity and special situations area and was the founder of the firm’s opportunistic real estate area.  Mr. Roberts has 
invested  in  a  wide  variety  of  real  estate,  corporate  and  special  situations  transactions.    Prior  to  joining  Angelo, 
Gordon Mr. Roberts was a principal at Gordon Investment Corporation, a Canadian merchant bank from 1989 to 
1993,  where  he  participated  in  a  wide  variety  of  principal  transactions  including  investments  in  the  real  estate, 
mortgage banking and food industries.  Prior to joining Gordon Investment Corporation, he worked in the Corporate 
Finance Department of L.F. Rothschild where he specialized in mergers and acquisitions.  He has a B.S. degree in 
economics from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. 

Scott  M.  Tabakin,  Director.    Mr.  Tabakin  was  appointed  as  a  director  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates  in 
2004 and subsequently elected at the Company’s next Annual Meeting of Stockholders.  Mr. Tabakin has more than 
20 years of public-company experience. Mr. Tabakin has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial 
Officer of Bravo Health, Inc., a privately owned Medicare managed health care company since 2006.  Early in his 
career, Mr. Tabakin was an executive with the accounting firm of Ernst & Young.  Prior to May 2001, Mr. Tabakin 
was Executive Vice President and CFO of Beverly Enterprises, Inc., then the nation's largest provider of long-term 
health care.  He served as Executive Vice President and CFO of AMERIGROUP Corporation, a managed health-
care  company,  from  May  2001  until  October  2003.  From  November  2003  until  July  2006,  Mr.  Tabakin  was  an 
independent  financial  consultant.     Mr.  Tabakin  is  a  certified  public  accountant  and  received  a  B.S.  degree  in 
accounting from the University of Illinois. 

James M. Voss, Director.  Mr. Voss was appointed as a director of Portfolio Recovery Associates in 2002 and 
subsequently elected at the Company’s next Annual Meeting of Stockholders.  Mr. Voss has more than 35 years of 
experience  as  a  senior  finance  executive.    He  currently  heads  Voss  Consulting,  Inc.,  serving  as  a  consultant  to 
community  banks  regarding  policy,  organization,  credit  risk  management  and  strategic  planning.    From  1992 
through 1998, he was with First Midwest Bank as executive vice president and chief credit officer.  He served in a 
variety of senior executive roles during a 24 year career (1965-1989) with Continental Bank of Chicago, and was 
chief  financial  officer  at  Allied  Products  Corporation  (1990-1991),  a  publicly  traded  (NYSE)  diversified 
manufacturer.  Currently, he serves on the board of Elgin State Bank.  Mr. Voss has both an MBA and Bachelor’s 
Degree from Northwestern University. 

83

 
 
Corporate Code of Ethics 

The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics which is applicable to all directors, officers, and employees and 
which  complies  with  the  definition  of  a  “code  of  ethics”  set  out  in  Section  406(c)  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of 
2002, and the requirement of a “Code of Conduct” prescribed by Section 4350(n) of the Marketplace Rules of the 
NASDAQ  Global  Stock  Market,  Inc.  The  Code  of  Ethics  is  available  to  the  public,  and  will  be  provided  by  the 
Company  at  no  charge  to  any  requesting  party.  Interested  parties  may  obtain  a  copy  of  the  Code  of  Ethics  by 
submitting  a  written  request to Investor Relations, Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., 120 Corporate Boulevard, 
Suite 100, Norfolk, Virginia, 23502, or by email at info@portfoliorecovery.com. The Code of Ethics is also posted 
on the Company's website at www.portfoliorecovery.com. 

Certain  information  required  by  Item  10  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  section  labeled  “Section 
16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance”  in  the  Company’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  in  connection 
with the Company’s 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation. 

The  information  required  by  Item  11  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  (a)  the  section  labeled 
“Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis”  in  the  Company’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  in  connection  with  the 
Company’s 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and (b) the section labeled “Compensation Committee Report” in 
the  Company’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  in  connection  with  the  Company’s  2010  Annual  Meeting  of 
Stockholders,  which  section  (and  the  report  contained  therein)  shall  be  deemed  to  be  furnished  in  this  report  and 
shall not be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 as a result of such furnishing in this Item 11. 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management And Related              
Stockholder Matters. 

The  information  required  by  Item  12  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  section  labeled  “Security 
Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management”  in  the  Company’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  in 
connection with the Company’s 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions. 

The  information  required  by  Item  13  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Item  5  of  this  report  and  to  the 
section labeled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement in 
connection with the Company’s 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services. 

The aggregate fees billed or expected to be billed by KPMG LLP for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 

2008, respectively, are presented in the table below: 

Audit Fees
  Annual audit
  Registration statement

Tax Fees

Other Fees:
  Subscription Fees (1)

2009

2008

$          

568,500
15,000

$                

551,500
-

30,000

2,100

14,550

1,500

Total Accountant Fees

$          

615,600

$                

567,550

(1)  Subscription fees represent fees paid to KPMG LLP  for an annual subscription to their proprietary 
research tool during 2009 and 2008, respectively.

The Audit Committee’s charter provides that the Audit Committee will: 

•  Approve the fees and other significant compensation to be paid to auditors.   

•  Review the non-audit services to determine whether they are permissible under current law.  

•  Pre-approve the provision of all audit services and any permissible non-audit services by the independent 

auditors and the related fees of the independent auditors therefore. 

•  Consider  whether  the  provision  of  these  other  non-audit  services  is  compatible  with  maintaining  the 

auditors’ independence. 

All the services performed by and fees paid to KPMG LLP were pre-approved by the Audit Committee. 

85

 
 
 
 
  
              
                        
              
                    
               
                     
 
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)  Financial Statements. 

The following financial statements of the Company are included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 

Page 
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms                                                                   53-55 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 
56 
Consolidated Income Statements 

for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 

and Comprehensive Income 
for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(b)  Exhibits. 

57 

58 

59 
       60-80 

2.1 

3.1 

3.2 
4.1 

4.2 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

Equity  Exchange  Agreement  between  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  L.L.C.  and  Portfolio 
Recovery Associates, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1). 
Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc. 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1). 
Second Amended and Restated By-Laws of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.  
Form of Common Stock Certificate (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registration 
Statement on Form S-1). 
Form  of  Warrant  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 4.2  of  the  Registration  Statement  on 
Form S-1). 
Employment Agreement, dated November 14, 2008, by and between Steven D. Fredrickson and 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K 
dated November 20, 2008). 
Employment  Agreement,  dated  November  14,  2008,  by  and  between  Kevin  P.  Stevenson  and 
Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  of  the  Form  8-K 
dated November 20, 2008). 
Employment Agreement, dated November 14, 2008, by and between Craig A. Grube and Portfolio 
Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  of  the  Form  8-K  dated 
November 20, 2008). 
Employment Agreement, dated November 14, 2008, by and between Judith S. Scott and Portfolio 
Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  of  the  Form  8-K  dated 
November 20, 2008). 
Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement,  dated  December  31,  2008,  by  and  between  Steven  D. 
Fredrickson and Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.  
Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement,  dated  December  31,  2008,  by  and  between  Kevin  P. 
Stevenson and Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement,  dated  December  30,  2008,  by  and  between  Craig  A. 
Grube and Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.  
Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement,  dated  December  31,  2008,  by  and  between  Judith  S. 
Scott and Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  Amended  and  Restated  2002  Stock  Option  Plan  and  2004 
Restricted Stock Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the form 10-Q for the period 
ended June 30, 2004). 

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.10 

 Third  Amended  and  Restated  Loan  and  Security  Agreement,  dated  as  of  May 2,  2008,  by  and 
between Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc, Bank of America, N.A., Wachovia Bank, N.A., RBC 
Centura Bank and SunTrust Bank (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K filed 
May 12, 2008). 

10.11  Fourth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 3, 2008, by 
and between Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc, Bank of America, N.A., Wachovia Bank, N.A., 
RBC Centura Bank, SunTrust Bank and JP Morgan Chase Bank N.A. (Incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K filed September 8, 2008). 

10.12  Promissory  Note  dated  September  3,  2008  by  and  between  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc, 

and Bank of America, N.A. 

10.13  Promissory  Note  dated  September  3,  2008  by  and  between  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc, 

and Wachovia Bank, National Association. 

10.14  Promissory  Note  dated  September  3,  2008  by  and  between  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc, 

and RBC Bank (USA). 

10.15  Promissory  Note  dated  September  3,  2008  by  and  between  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc, 

and SunTrust Bank. 

10.16  Promissory  Note  dated  September  3,  2008  by  and  between  Portfolio  Recovery  Associates,  Inc, 

and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. 

21.1       Subsidiaries of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.  
23.1 
24.1 
31.1 
31.2 
32.1       Section 906 Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 

Consent of KPMG LLP 
Powers of Attorney (included on signature page). 
Section 302 Certifications of Chief Executive Officer  
Section 302 Certifications of Chief Financial Officer 

87 

 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Dated:  February 16, 2010 

Dated:  February 16, 2010 

Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 
(Registrant) 

By:/s/ Steven D. Fredrickson 
Steven D. Fredrickson 
President, Chief Executive Officer  
and Chairman of the Board 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

By:/s/ Kevin P. Stevenson  
Kevin P. Stevenson 
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer,   
Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  of  the  undersigned  whose  signature  appears  below 
constitutes and appoints Steven D. Fredrickson and Kevin P. Stevenson, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with 
full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and on his behalf, and in his name, place and stead, in any and 
all capacities to execute and sign any and all amendments or post-effective amendments to this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact or any of them 
or  their  or  his  substitute  or  substitutes,  may  lawfully  do  or  cause  to  be  done  by  virtue  hereof  and  the  registrant 
hereby confers like authority on its behalf.  

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Dated: February 16, 2010 

Dated: February 16, 2010 

Dated: February 16, 2010 

Dated: February 16, 2010 

Dated: February 16, 2010 

By:/s/ Steven D. Fredrickson 
Steven D. Fredrickson 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

By:/s/ Kevin P. Stevenson  
Kevin P. Stevenson 
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer,   
Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

By:/s/ William P. Brophey  
William P. Brophey 
Director 

By:/s/ Penelope W. Kyle 
Penelope W. Kyle 
Director 

By:/s/ David N. Roberts 
David N. Roberts 
Director 

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dated: February 16, 2010 

Dated: February 16, 2010 

By:/s/ Scott M. Tabakin 
Scott M. Tabakin 
Director 

 By:/s/ James M. Voss 
 James M. Voss 
 Director 

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 21.1  

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant and Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization  
Portfolio Recovery Associates, LLC – Delaware 
PRA Holding I, LLC – Virginia  
PRA Holding II, LLC – Virginia  
PRA Holding III, LLC – Virginia (Doing business as PRA Café) 
PRA Receivables Management, LLC – Virginia  
PRA Location Services, LLC – Delaware (Doing business as IGS) 
PRA Government Services, LLC – Delaware (Doing business as RDS) 
MuniServices, LLC – Delaware (Doing business as PRA Government Services) 

90

 
 
  
 
 
Exhibit 23.1 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors  
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.: 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-110330 and No. 333-
110331)  on  Form  S-8  and  the  registration  statement    (No.  333-162224)  on  Form  S-3  of  Portfolio 
Recovery  Associates,  Inc.  of  our  reports  dated  February  16,  2010,  with  respect  to  the  consolidated 
balance sheets of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, 
and  the  related  consolidated  income  statements,  and  statements  of  changes  in  stockholders’  equity  and 
comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 
2009, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, which 
reports appear in the December 31, 2009 annual report on Form 10-K of Portfolio Recovery Associates, 
Inc.  

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Norfolk, Virginia 
February 16, 2010

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1 

I, Steven D. Fredrickson, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as 
of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed  such  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  controls  over  financial 
reporting  to  be  designed  under  my  supervision  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  the  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred 
during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control 
over financial reporting; and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  controls  over 
financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process, 
summarize and report financial information; and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 

in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  February 16, 2010   

 By: /s/ Steven D. Fredrickson 
Steven D. Fredrickson 
Chief Executive Officer, President and 
Chairman of the Board of Directors 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2 

I, Kevin P. Stevenson, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  such  statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, 
and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure 
controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed  such  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  controls  over  financial 
reporting  to  be  designed  under  my  supervision  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  the  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred 
during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control 
over financial reporting; and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  controls  over 
financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process, 
summarize and report financial information; and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 

in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  February 16, 2010   

By: /s/ Kevin P. Stevenson  
Kevin P. Stevenson 
Chief  Financial  and  Administrative 
Officer,  Executive  Vice  President, 
Treasurer and Assistant Secretary 
(Principal  Financial  and  Accounting 
Officer) 

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32.1  

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO  
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the Annual Report of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the 
fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the 
"Report"), I, Steven D. Fredrickson, Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board of the Company, 
certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 
that: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934; and 

(2)  The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and 
results of operations of the Company. 

Date:  February 16, 2010   

By: /s/ Steven D. Fredrickson 
Steven D. Fredrickson 
Chief Executive Officer, President and  
Chairman of the Board of Directors 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO  
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the Annual Report of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the 
fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the 
"Report"), I, Kevin P. Stevenson, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer, Executive Vice President, Treasurer 
and Assistant Secretary of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934; and 

(2)  The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and 
results of operations of the Company. 

Date:  February 16, 2010   

By: /s/ Kevin P. Stevenson  
Kevin P. Stevenson 
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer,  
Executive  Vice  President,  Treasurer  and 
Assistant Secretary 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATe gOVeRNANCe

M A N A g e M e N T

B O A R D   O f   D I R e C T O R S

Steve Fredrickson
President and 
Chief executive Officer

Craig Grube
executive Vice President, 
Acquisitions

Kevin Stevenson
executive Vice President, 
Chief financial and 
Administrative Officer, 
Treasurer and Asst. 
Secretary

Judith Scott
executive Vice President, 
general Counsel and 
Secretary

James Voss
Director

William Brophey
Director

Steve Fredrickson
Chairman of the Board

Scott Tabakin
Director

Penelope Kyle
Director

David Roberts
lead Director

C O R P O R A T e   I N f O R M A T I O N

STOCK eXCHANge lISTINg
Portfolio Recovery Associates’ common stock trades on the NASDAQ 
global Stock Market under the symbol “PRAA.” Price information 
for the common stock appears daily in major newspapers.

fINANCIAl PUBlICATIONS/INVeSTOR INQUIRIeS
Shareholders may acquire copies of the 2009 form 10-K, Annual 
Report and other filed documents by visiting the Company’s 
website at www.portfoliorecovery.com or by writing to us at:

TRANSfeR AgeNT AND RegISTRAR
Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company
17 Battery Place, 8th floor 
New york, New york 10004 
Tel: 212-509-4000 
fax: 212-509-5150

AUDITORS
KPMg llP
Norfolk, Virginia

legAl COUNSel
Dechert, llP 
New york, New york

Portfolio Recovery Associates 
Attn: Investor Relations 
120 Corporate Blvd., Suite 100 
Norfolk, Virginia 23502

PRICe RANge Of COMMON STOCK
The Company’s common stock began trading on the NASDAQ 
global Stock Market under the symbol “PRAA” on November 8, 
2002. The following table sets forth the high and low sales price 
for the common stock for the year 2009.

2009 

High 

low

$50.50 

$19.41

As of January 27, 2010, there were 29 holders of record of the 
common stock. Based on information provided by our transfer 
agent and registrar, we believe that there are approximately 20,369 
beneficial owners of the Common Stock.

Annual Report Design by Curran & Connors, Inc. / www.curran-connors.com

 
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Riverside Commerce Center
120 Corporate Blvd., Suite 100
Norfolk, Virginia 23502

P
o
r

t

f

o

l

i

o

R
e
c
o
v
e
r
y

A
s
s
o
c

i

a
t

e
s
,

I

n
c
.

P

l

A

y

I

N

g

O

f

f

e

N

S

e

2
0
0
9

A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r

t